Showing
75 changed files
with
5934 additions
and
0 deletions
.gitignore
0 → 100644
| 1 | +.*.swp | ||
| 2 | +*.o | ||
| 3 | +*.a | ||
| 4 | +*.lo | ||
| 5 | +*.la | ||
| 6 | +*.gcda | ||
| 7 | +*.gcno | ||
| 8 | +.dirstamp | ||
| 9 | +.deps/ | ||
| 10 | +.libs/ | ||
| 11 | +Makefile | ||
| 12 | +configure | ||
| 13 | +Makefile.in | ||
| 14 | +m4/ | ||
| 15 | +/config.* | ||
| 16 | +*.crt | ||
| 17 | +*.csr | ||
| 18 | +*.pem | ||
| 19 | +*.m4 | ||
| 20 | +taskrambler.conf | ||
| 21 | +/INSTALL | ||
| 22 | +tests/coverage* | ||
| 23 | +/docs/api/ | ||
| 24 | +/docs/Doxyfile | ||
| 25 | +/run | ||
| 26 | +/autom4te.cache/ | ||
| 27 | +/compile | ||
| 28 | +/depcomp | ||
| 29 | +/install-sh | ||
| 30 | +/libtool | ||
| 31 | +/ltmain.sh | ||
| 32 | +/missing | ||
| 33 | +stamp-h1 | ||
| 34 | +src/taskrambler | ||
| 35 | +/tests/*Test | ||
| 36 | +/tests/*.log | ||
| 37 | +/tests/*.trs | ||
| 38 | +gmon.out | ||
| 39 | +test-driver | ||
| 40 | +/assets/html/_documentation.html | ||
| 41 | +tags |
COPYING
0 → 100644
| 1 | + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE | ||
| 2 | + Version 3, 29 June 2007 | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> | ||
| 5 | + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies | ||
| 6 | + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. | ||
| 7 | + | ||
| 8 | + Preamble | ||
| 9 | + | ||
| 10 | + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for | ||
| 11 | +software and other kinds of works. | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed | ||
| 14 | +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, | ||
| 15 | +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to | ||
| 16 | +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free | ||
| 17 | +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the | ||
| 18 | +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to | ||
| 19 | +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to | ||
| 20 | +your programs, too. | ||
| 21 | + | ||
| 22 | + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not | ||
| 23 | +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you | ||
| 24 | +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for | ||
| 25 | +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you | ||
| 26 | +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new | ||
| 27 | +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you | ||
| 30 | +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have | ||
| 31 | +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if | ||
| 32 | +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether | ||
| 35 | +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same | ||
| 36 | +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive | ||
| 37 | +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they | ||
| 38 | +know their rights. | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: | ||
| 41 | +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License | ||
| 42 | +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains | ||
| 45 | +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and | ||
| 46 | +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as | ||
| 47 | +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to | ||
| 48 | +authors of previous versions. | ||
| 49 | + | ||
| 50 | + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run | ||
| 51 | +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer | ||
| 52 | +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of | ||
| 53 | +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic | ||
| 54 | +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to | ||
| 55 | +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we | ||
| 56 | +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those | ||
| 57 | +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we | ||
| 58 | +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions | ||
| 59 | +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. | ||
| 60 | + | ||
| 61 | + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. | ||
| 62 | +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of | ||
| 63 | +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to | ||
| 64 | +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could | ||
| 65 | +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that | ||
| 66 | +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. | ||
| 67 | + | ||
| 68 | + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and | ||
| 69 | +modification follow. | ||
| 70 | + | ||
| 71 | + TERMS AND CONDITIONS | ||
| 72 | + | ||
| 73 | + 0. Definitions. | ||
| 74 | + | ||
| 75 | + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. | ||
| 76 | + | ||
| 77 | + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of | ||
| 78 | +works, such as semiconductor masks. | ||
| 79 | + | ||
| 80 | + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this | ||
| 81 | +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and | ||
| 82 | +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. | ||
| 83 | + | ||
| 84 | + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work | ||
| 85 | +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an | ||
| 86 | +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the | ||
| 87 | +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. | ||
| 88 | + | ||
| 89 | + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based | ||
| 90 | +on the Program. | ||
| 91 | + | ||
| 92 | + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without | ||
| 93 | +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for | ||
| 94 | +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a | ||
| 95 | +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, | ||
| 96 | +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the | ||
| 97 | +public, and in some countries other activities as well. | ||
| 98 | + | ||
| 99 | + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other | ||
| 100 | +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through | ||
| 101 | +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" | ||
| 104 | +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible | ||
| 105 | +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) | ||
| 106 | +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the | ||
| 107 | +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the | ||
| 108 | +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If | ||
| 109 | +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a | ||
| 110 | +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. | ||
| 111 | + | ||
| 112 | + 1. Source Code. | ||
| 113 | + | ||
| 114 | + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work | ||
| 115 | +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source | ||
| 116 | +form of a work. | ||
| 117 | + | ||
| 118 | + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official | ||
| 119 | +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of | ||
| 120 | +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that | ||
| 121 | +is widely used among developers working in that language. | ||
| 122 | + | ||
| 123 | + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other | ||
| 124 | +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of | ||
| 125 | +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major | ||
| 126 | +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that | ||
| 127 | +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an | ||
| 128 | +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A | ||
| 129 | +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component | ||
| 130 | +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system | ||
| 131 | +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to | ||
| 132 | +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. | ||
| 133 | + | ||
| 134 | + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all | ||
| 135 | +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable | ||
| 136 | +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to | ||
| 137 | +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's | ||
| 138 | +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free | ||
| 139 | +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but | ||
| 140 | +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source | ||
| 141 | +includes interface definition files associated with source files for | ||
| 142 | +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically | ||
| 143 | +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, | ||
| 144 | +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those | ||
| 145 | +subprograms and other parts of the work. | ||
| 146 | + | ||
| 147 | + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users | ||
| 148 | +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding | ||
| 149 | +Source. | ||
| 150 | + | ||
| 151 | + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that | ||
| 152 | +same work. | ||
| 153 | + | ||
| 154 | + 2. Basic Permissions. | ||
| 155 | + | ||
| 156 | + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of | ||
| 157 | +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated | ||
| 158 | +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited | ||
| 159 | +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a | ||
| 160 | +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its | ||
| 161 | +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your | ||
| 162 | +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. | ||
| 163 | + | ||
| 164 | + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not | ||
| 165 | +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains | ||
| 166 | +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose | ||
| 167 | +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you | ||
| 168 | +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with | ||
| 169 | +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do | ||
| 170 | +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works | ||
| 171 | +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction | ||
| 172 | +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of | ||
| 173 | +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. | ||
| 174 | + | ||
| 175 | + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under | ||
| 176 | +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 | ||
| 177 | +makes it unnecessary. | ||
| 178 | + | ||
| 179 | + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. | ||
| 180 | + | ||
| 181 | + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological | ||
| 182 | +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article | ||
| 183 | +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or | ||
| 184 | +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such | ||
| 185 | +measures. | ||
| 186 | + | ||
| 187 | + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid | ||
| 188 | +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention | ||
| 189 | +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to | ||
| 190 | +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or | ||
| 191 | +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's | ||
| 192 | +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of | ||
| 193 | +technological measures. | ||
| 194 | + | ||
| 195 | + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. | ||
| 196 | + | ||
| 197 | + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you | ||
| 198 | +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and | ||
| 199 | +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; | ||
| 200 | +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any | ||
| 201 | +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; | ||
| 202 | +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all | ||
| 203 | +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. | ||
| 204 | + | ||
| 205 | + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, | ||
| 206 | +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. | ||
| 207 | + | ||
| 208 | + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. | ||
| 209 | + | ||
| 210 | + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to | ||
| 211 | +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the | ||
| 212 | +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: | ||
| 213 | + | ||
| 214 | + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified | ||
| 215 | + it, and giving a relevant date. | ||
| 216 | + | ||
| 217 | + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is | ||
| 218 | + released under this License and any conditions added under section | ||
| 219 | + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to | ||
| 220 | + "keep intact all notices". | ||
| 221 | + | ||
| 222 | + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this | ||
| 223 | + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This | ||
| 224 | + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 | ||
| 225 | + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, | ||
| 226 | + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no | ||
| 227 | + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not | ||
| 228 | + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. | ||
| 229 | + | ||
| 230 | + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display | ||
| 231 | + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive | ||
| 232 | + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your | ||
| 233 | + work need not make them do so. | ||
| 234 | + | ||
| 235 | + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent | ||
| 236 | +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, | ||
| 237 | +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, | ||
| 238 | +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an | ||
| 239 | +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not | ||
| 240 | +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users | ||
| 241 | +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work | ||
| 242 | +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other | ||
| 243 | +parts of the aggregate. | ||
| 244 | + | ||
| 245 | + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. | ||
| 246 | + | ||
| 247 | + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms | ||
| 248 | +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the | ||
| 249 | +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, | ||
| 250 | +in one of these ways: | ||
| 251 | + | ||
| 252 | + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product | ||
| 253 | + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the | ||
| 254 | + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium | ||
| 255 | + customarily used for software interchange. | ||
| 256 | + | ||
| 257 | + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product | ||
| 258 | + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a | ||
| 259 | + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as | ||
| 260 | + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product | ||
| 261 | + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a | ||
| 262 | + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the | ||
| 263 | + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical | ||
| 264 | + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no | ||
| 265 | + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this | ||
| 266 | + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the | ||
| 267 | + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. | ||
| 268 | + | ||
| 269 | + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the | ||
| 270 | + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This | ||
| 271 | + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and | ||
| 272 | + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord | ||
| 273 | + with subsection 6b. | ||
| 274 | + | ||
| 275 | + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated | ||
| 276 | + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the | ||
| 277 | + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no | ||
| 278 | + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the | ||
| 279 | + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to | ||
| 280 | + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source | ||
| 281 | + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) | ||
| 282 | + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain | ||
| 283 | + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the | ||
| 284 | + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the | ||
| 285 | + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is | ||
| 286 | + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. | ||
| 287 | + | ||
| 288 | + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided | ||
| 289 | + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding | ||
| 290 | + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no | ||
| 291 | + charge under subsection 6d. | ||
| 292 | + | ||
| 293 | + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded | ||
| 294 | +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be | ||
| 295 | +included in conveying the object code work. | ||
| 296 | + | ||
| 297 | + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any | ||
| 298 | +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, | ||
| 299 | +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation | ||
| 300 | +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, | ||
| 301 | +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular | ||
| 302 | +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a | ||
| 303 | +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status | ||
| 304 | +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user | ||
| 305 | +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product | ||
| 306 | +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial | ||
| 307 | +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent | ||
| 308 | +the only significant mode of use of the product. | ||
| 309 | + | ||
| 310 | + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, | ||
| 311 | +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install | ||
| 312 | +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from | ||
| 313 | +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must | ||
| 314 | +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object | ||
| 315 | +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because | ||
| 316 | +modification has been made. | ||
| 317 | + | ||
| 318 | + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or | ||
| 319 | +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as | ||
| 320 | +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the | ||
| 321 | +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a | ||
| 322 | +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the | ||
| 323 | +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied | ||
| 324 | +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply | ||
| 325 | +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install | ||
| 326 | +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has | ||
| 327 | +been installed in ROM). | ||
| 328 | + | ||
| 329 | + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a | ||
| 330 | +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates | ||
| 331 | +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for | ||
| 332 | +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a | ||
| 333 | +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and | ||
| 334 | +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and | ||
| 335 | +protocols for communication across the network. | ||
| 336 | + | ||
| 337 | + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, | ||
| 338 | +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly | ||
| 339 | +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in | ||
| 340 | +source code form), and must require no special password or key for | ||
| 341 | +unpacking, reading or copying. | ||
| 342 | + | ||
| 343 | + 7. Additional Terms. | ||
| 344 | + | ||
| 345 | + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this | ||
| 346 | +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. | ||
| 347 | +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall | ||
| 348 | +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent | ||
| 349 | +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions | ||
| 350 | +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately | ||
| 351 | +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by | ||
| 352 | +this License without regard to the additional permissions. | ||
| 353 | + | ||
| 354 | + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option | ||
| 355 | +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of | ||
| 356 | +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own | ||
| 357 | +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place | ||
| 358 | +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, | ||
| 359 | +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. | ||
| 360 | + | ||
| 361 | + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you | ||
| 362 | +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of | ||
| 363 | +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: | ||
| 364 | + | ||
| 365 | + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the | ||
| 366 | + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or | ||
| 367 | + | ||
| 368 | + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or | ||
| 369 | + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal | ||
| 370 | + Notices displayed by works containing it; or | ||
| 371 | + | ||
| 372 | + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or | ||
| 373 | + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in | ||
| 374 | + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or | ||
| 375 | + | ||
| 376 | + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or | ||
| 377 | + authors of the material; or | ||
| 378 | + | ||
| 379 | + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some | ||
| 380 | + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or | ||
| 381 | + | ||
| 382 | + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that | ||
| 383 | + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of | ||
| 384 | + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for | ||
| 385 | + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on | ||
| 386 | + those licensors and authors. | ||
| 387 | + | ||
| 388 | + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further | ||
| 389 | +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you | ||
| 390 | +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is | ||
| 391 | +governed by this License along with a term that is a further | ||
| 392 | +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains | ||
| 393 | +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this | ||
| 394 | +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms | ||
| 395 | +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does | ||
| 396 | +not survive such relicensing or conveying. | ||
| 397 | + | ||
| 398 | + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you | ||
| 399 | +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the | ||
| 400 | +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating | ||
| 401 | +where to find the applicable terms. | ||
| 402 | + | ||
| 403 | + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the | ||
| 404 | +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; | ||
| 405 | +the above requirements apply either way. | ||
| 406 | + | ||
| 407 | + 8. Termination. | ||
| 408 | + | ||
| 409 | + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly | ||
| 410 | +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or | ||
| 411 | +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under | ||
| 412 | +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third | ||
| 413 | +paragraph of section 11). | ||
| 414 | + | ||
| 415 | + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your | ||
| 416 | +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) | ||
| 417 | +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and | ||
| 418 | +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright | ||
| 419 | +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means | ||
| 420 | +prior to 60 days after the cessation. | ||
| 421 | + | ||
| 422 | + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is | ||
| 423 | +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the | ||
| 424 | +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have | ||
| 425 | +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that | ||
| 426 | +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after | ||
| 427 | +your receipt of the notice. | ||
| 428 | + | ||
| 429 | + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the | ||
| 430 | +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under | ||
| 431 | +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently | ||
| 432 | +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same | ||
| 433 | +material under section 10. | ||
| 434 | + | ||
| 435 | + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. | ||
| 436 | + | ||
| 437 | + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or | ||
| 438 | +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work | ||
| 439 | +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission | ||
| 440 | +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, | ||
| 441 | +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or | ||
| 442 | +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do | ||
| 443 | +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a | ||
| 444 | +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. | ||
| 445 | + | ||
| 446 | + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. | ||
| 447 | + | ||
| 448 | + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically | ||
| 449 | +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and | ||
| 450 | +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible | ||
| 451 | +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. | ||
| 452 | + | ||
| 453 | + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an | ||
| 454 | +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an | ||
| 455 | +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered | ||
| 456 | +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that | ||
| 457 | +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever | ||
| 458 | +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could | ||
| 459 | +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the | ||
| 460 | +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if | ||
| 461 | +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. | ||
| 462 | + | ||
| 463 | + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the | ||
| 464 | +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may | ||
| 465 | +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of | ||
| 466 | +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation | ||
| 467 | +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that | ||
| 468 | +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for | ||
| 469 | +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. | ||
| 470 | + | ||
| 471 | + 11. Patents. | ||
| 472 | + | ||
| 473 | + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this | ||
| 474 | +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The | ||
| 475 | +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". | ||
| 476 | + | ||
| 477 | + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims | ||
| 478 | +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or | ||
| 479 | +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted | ||
| 480 | +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, | ||
| 481 | +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a | ||
| 482 | +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For | ||
| 483 | +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant | ||
| 484 | +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of | ||
| 485 | +this License. | ||
| 486 | + | ||
| 487 | + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free | ||
| 488 | +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to | ||
| 489 | +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and | ||
| 490 | +propagate the contents of its contributor version. | ||
| 491 | + | ||
| 492 | + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express | ||
| 493 | +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent | ||
| 494 | +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to | ||
| 495 | +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a | ||
| 496 | +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a | ||
| 497 | +patent against the party. | ||
| 498 | + | ||
| 499 | + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, | ||
| 500 | +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone | ||
| 501 | +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a | ||
| 502 | +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, | ||
| 503 | +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so | ||
| 504 | +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the | ||
| 505 | +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner | ||
| 506 | +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent | ||
| 507 | +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have | ||
| 508 | +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the | ||
| 509 | +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work | ||
| 510 | +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that | ||
| 511 | +country that you have reason to believe are valid. | ||
| 512 | + | ||
| 513 | + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or | ||
| 514 | +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a | ||
| 515 | +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties | ||
| 516 | +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify | ||
| 517 | +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license | ||
| 518 | +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered | ||
| 519 | +work and works based on it. | ||
| 520 | + | ||
| 521 | + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within | ||
| 522 | +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is | ||
| 523 | +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are | ||
| 524 | +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered | ||
| 525 | +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is | ||
| 526 | +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment | ||
| 527 | +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying | ||
| 528 | +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the | ||
| 529 | +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory | ||
| 530 | +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work | ||
| 531 | +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily | ||
| 532 | +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that | ||
| 533 | +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, | ||
| 534 | +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. | ||
| 535 | + | ||
| 536 | + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting | ||
| 537 | +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may | ||
| 538 | +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. | ||
| 539 | + | ||
| 540 | + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. | ||
| 541 | + | ||
| 542 | + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or | ||
| 543 | +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not | ||
| 544 | +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a | ||
| 545 | +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this | ||
| 546 | +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may | ||
| 547 | +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you | ||
| 548 | +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey | ||
| 549 | +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this | ||
| 550 | +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. | ||
| 551 | + | ||
| 552 | + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. | ||
| 553 | + | ||
| 554 | + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have | ||
| 555 | +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed | ||
| 556 | +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single | ||
| 557 | +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this | ||
| 558 | +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, | ||
| 559 | +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, | ||
| 560 | +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the | ||
| 561 | +combination as such. | ||
| 562 | + | ||
| 563 | + 14. Revised Versions of this License. | ||
| 564 | + | ||
| 565 | + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of | ||
| 566 | +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will | ||
| 567 | +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to | ||
| 568 | +address new problems or concerns. | ||
| 569 | + | ||
| 570 | + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the | ||
| 571 | +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General | ||
| 572 | +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the | ||
| 573 | +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered | ||
| 574 | +version or of any later version published by the Free Software | ||
| 575 | +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the | ||
| 576 | +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published | ||
| 577 | +by the Free Software Foundation. | ||
| 578 | + | ||
| 579 | + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future | ||
| 580 | +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's | ||
| 581 | +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you | ||
| 582 | +to choose that version for the Program. | ||
| 583 | + | ||
| 584 | + Later license versions may give you additional or different | ||
| 585 | +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any | ||
| 586 | +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a | ||
| 587 | +later version. | ||
| 588 | + | ||
| 589 | + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. | ||
| 590 | + | ||
| 591 | + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY | ||
| 592 | +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT | ||
| 593 | +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY | ||
| 594 | +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, | ||
| 595 | +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR | ||
| 596 | +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM | ||
| 597 | +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF | ||
| 598 | +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. | ||
| 599 | + | ||
| 600 | + 16. Limitation of Liability. | ||
| 601 | + | ||
| 602 | + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING | ||
| 603 | +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS | ||
| 604 | +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY | ||
| 605 | +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE | ||
| 606 | +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF | ||
| 607 | +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD | ||
| 608 | +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), | ||
| 609 | +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF | ||
| 610 | +SUCH DAMAGES. | ||
| 611 | + | ||
| 612 | + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. | ||
| 613 | + | ||
| 614 | + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided | ||
| 615 | +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, | ||
| 616 | +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates | ||
| 617 | +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the | ||
| 618 | +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a | ||
| 619 | +copy of the Program in return for a fee. | ||
| 620 | + | ||
| 621 | + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS | ||
| 622 | + | ||
| 623 | + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs | ||
| 624 | + | ||
| 625 | + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest | ||
| 626 | +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it | ||
| 627 | +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. | ||
| 628 | + | ||
| 629 | + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest | ||
| 630 | +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively | ||
| 631 | +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least | ||
| 632 | +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. | ||
| 633 | + | ||
| 634 | + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> | ||
| 635 | + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> | ||
| 636 | + | ||
| 637 | + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 638 | + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 639 | + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 640 | + (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 641 | + | ||
| 642 | + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 643 | + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 644 | + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 645 | + GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 646 | + | ||
| 647 | + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 648 | + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 649 | + | ||
| 650 | +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. | ||
| 651 | + | ||
| 652 | + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short | ||
| 653 | +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: | ||
| 654 | + | ||
| 655 | + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> | ||
| 656 | + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. | ||
| 657 | + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it | ||
| 658 | + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. | ||
| 659 | + | ||
| 660 | +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate | ||
| 661 | +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands | ||
| 662 | +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". | ||
| 663 | + | ||
| 664 | + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, | ||
| 665 | +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. | ||
| 666 | +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see | ||
| 667 | +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 668 | + | ||
| 669 | + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program | ||
| 670 | +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you | ||
| 671 | +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with | ||
| 672 | +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General | ||
| 673 | +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read | ||
| 674 | +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. |
ChangeLog
0 → 100644
Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | + | ||
| 3 | +EXTRA_DIST = include | ||
| 4 | + | ||
| 5 | +SUBDIRS = src tests docs include | ||
| 6 | + | ||
| 7 | +.PHONY: docs coverage-html | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +if HAVE_DOXYGEN | ||
| 10 | +docs: | ||
| 11 | + -$(MAKE) -C docs $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) -k $@ | ||
| 12 | +endif | ||
| 13 | + | ||
| 14 | +if HAVE_GCOV | ||
| 15 | +coverage-html: | ||
| 16 | + -$(MAKE) -C tests $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) -k $@ | ||
| 17 | +endif | ||
| 18 | + | ||
| 19 | +tags: | ||
| 20 | + ctags -R -V --langdef=cclass --langmap=cclass:.h --regex-cclass='/^[ \t]*\(TR_CLASS\|TR_INTERFACE\)\(([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)/\2/d,definition/' |
NEWS
0 → 100644
README.md
0 → 100644
TODO
0 → 100644
bootstrap
0 → 100755
configure.ac
0 → 100644
| 1 | +# -*- Autoconf -*- | ||
| 2 | +# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +AC_PREREQ([2.68]) | ||
| 5 | +AC_INIT([libtrhash], | ||
| 6 | + [0.0.0], | ||
| 7 | + [Georg Hopp <georg@steffers.org>]) | ||
| 8 | +LT_INIT | ||
| 9 | +AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE | ||
| 10 | +#AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([subdir-objects]) | ||
| 11 | +AM_SILENT_RULES([yes]) | ||
| 12 | +AC_COPYRIGHT([Copyright © 2013 Georg Hopp]) | ||
| 13 | +AC_REVISION([0.0.0]) | ||
| 14 | +AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tree/tree.c]) | ||
| 15 | +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([trdata.h]) | ||
| 16 | +AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) | ||
| 17 | + | ||
| 18 | +m4_include([m4/gcov.m4]) | ||
| 19 | +AC_TDD_GCOV | ||
| 20 | + | ||
| 21 | +# Checks for programs. | ||
| 22 | +AC_PROG_CXX | ||
| 23 | +AC_PROG_CC | ||
| 24 | +AC_PROG_CC_C99 | ||
| 25 | +AC_PROG_LIBTOOL | ||
| 26 | +AM_PROG_CC_C_O | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +# Doxygen | ||
| 29 | +AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen]) | ||
| 30 | +if test -z "$DOXYGEN"; | ||
| 31 | + then AC_MSG_WARN([Doxygen not found - continuing without Doxygen support]) | ||
| 32 | +fi | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | +AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_DOXYGEN], | ||
| 35 | + [test -n "$DOXYGEN"]) | ||
| 36 | +AM_COND_IF([HAVE_DOXYGEN], | ||
| 37 | + [AC_CONFIG_FILES([docs/Doxyfile])]) | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | +# Checks for header files. | ||
| 40 | +AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdarg.h string.h stdlib.h stdio.h unistd.h syslog.h sys/types.h]) | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. | ||
| 43 | +AC_HEADER_STDBOOL | ||
| 44 | +AC_C_INLINE | ||
| 45 | +AC_TYPE_PID_T | ||
| 46 | +AC_TYPE_SIZE_T | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +# Checks for library functions. | ||
| 49 | +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memset]) | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +AM_CFLAGS="${AM_CFLAGS} ${DRAGONEGG_FLAGS}" | ||
| 52 | +AM_CFLAGS="${AM_CFLAGS} ${MEM_OPT_FLAGS}" | ||
| 53 | +AM_CFLAGS="${AM_CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS}" | ||
| 54 | +AC_SUBST(AM_CFLAGS) | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | +AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile | ||
| 57 | + docs/Makefile | ||
| 58 | + tests/Makefile | ||
| 59 | + src/Makefile | ||
| 60 | + src/cbuf/Makefile | ||
| 61 | + src/hash/Makefile | ||
| 62 | + src/queue/Makefile | ||
| 63 | + src/tree/Makefile | ||
| 64 | + include/Makefile]) | ||
| 65 | +AC_OUTPUT |
docs/Doxyfile.in
0 → 100644
| 1 | +# Doxyfile 1.8.4 | ||
| 2 | + | ||
| 3 | +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system | ||
| 4 | +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. | ||
| 5 | +# | ||
| 6 | +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed | ||
| 7 | +# in front of the TAG it is preceding . | ||
| 8 | +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. | ||
| 9 | +# The format is: | ||
| 10 | +# TAG = value [value, ...] | ||
| 11 | +# For lists items can also be appended using: | ||
| 12 | +# TAG += value [value, ...] | ||
| 13 | +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" "). | ||
| 14 | + | ||
| 15 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 16 | +# Project related configuration options | ||
| 17 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 18 | + | ||
| 19 | +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 | ||
| 20 | +PROJECT_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ | ||
| 21 | +PROJECT_NUMBER = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ | ||
| 22 | +PROJECT_BRIEF = "Web server and task management solution." | ||
| 23 | +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @top_srcdir@/docs/api/@PACKAGE_VERSION@ | ||
| 24 | +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO | ||
| 25 | +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English | ||
| 26 | +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES | ||
| 27 | +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES | ||
| 28 | +FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO | ||
| 29 | +SHORT_NAMES = NO | ||
| 30 | +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO | ||
| 31 | +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO | ||
| 32 | +INHERIT_DOCS = YES | ||
| 33 | +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO | ||
| 34 | +TAB_SIZE = 4 | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts | ||
| 37 | +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". | ||
| 38 | +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to | ||
| 39 | +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which | ||
| 40 | +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". | ||
| 41 | +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines. | ||
| 42 | +ALIASES = | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C | ||
| 45 | +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. | ||
| 46 | +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list | ||
| 47 | +# of all members will be omitted, etc. | ||
| 48 | +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES | ||
| 49 | + | ||
| 50 | +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it | ||
| 51 | +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given | ||
| 52 | +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it | ||
| 53 | +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, | ||
| 54 | +# and language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, | ||
| 55 | +# Javascript, CSharp, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, | ||
| 56 | +# C++. For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default | ||
| 57 | +# is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note | ||
| 58 | +# that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the | ||
| 59 | +# files are not read by doxygen. | ||
| 60 | +EXTENSION_MAPPING = | ||
| 61 | + | ||
| 62 | +# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all | ||
| 63 | +# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable | ||
| 64 | +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. | ||
| 65 | +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you | ||
| 66 | +# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. | ||
| 67 | +# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues. | ||
| 68 | +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES | ||
| 69 | + | ||
| 70 | +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented | ||
| 71 | +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can | ||
| 72 | +# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word | ||
| 73 | +# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. | ||
| 74 | +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC | ||
| 77 | +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first | ||
| 78 | +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default | ||
| 79 | +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. | ||
| 80 | +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO | ||
| 81 | + | ||
| 82 | +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of | ||
| 83 | +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a | ||
| 84 | +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to | ||
| 85 | +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using | ||
| 86 | +# the \nosubgrouping command. | ||
| 87 | +SUBGROUPING = YES | ||
| 88 | + | ||
| 89 | +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and | ||
| 90 | +# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using | ||
| 91 | +# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or | ||
| 92 | +# section (for LaTeX and RTF). | ||
| 93 | +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = YES | ||
| 94 | + | ||
| 95 | +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and | ||
| 96 | +# unions with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown | ||
| 97 | +# inline in the documentation of the scope in which they are defined | ||
| 98 | +# (i.e. file, | ||
| 99 | +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set | ||
| 100 | +# to NO (the default), structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate | ||
| 101 | +# page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). | ||
| 102 | +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = YES | ||
| 103 | + | ||
| 104 | +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum | ||
| 105 | +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So | ||
| 106 | +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct | ||
| 107 | +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, | ||
| 108 | +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically | ||
| 109 | +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound | ||
| 110 | +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. | ||
| 111 | +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES | ||
| 112 | + | ||
| 113 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 114 | +# Build related configuration options | ||
| 115 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 116 | + | ||
| 117 | +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in | ||
| 118 | +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. | ||
| 119 | +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless | ||
| 120 | +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES | ||
| 121 | +EXTRACT_ALL = YES | ||
| 122 | + | ||
| 123 | +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class | ||
| 124 | +# will be included in the documentation. | ||
| 125 | +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES | ||
| 126 | + | ||
| 127 | +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal | ||
| 128 | +# scope will be included in the documentation. | ||
| 129 | +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = YES | ||
| 130 | + | ||
| 131 | +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file | ||
| 132 | +# will be included in the documentation. | ||
| 133 | +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES | ||
| 134 | + | ||
| 135 | +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) | ||
| 136 | +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. | ||
| 137 | +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included. | ||
| 138 | +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES | ||
| 139 | + | ||
| 140 | +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local | ||
| 141 | +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in | ||
| 142 | +# the interface are included in the documentation. | ||
| 143 | +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included. | ||
| 144 | +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES | ||
| 145 | + | ||
| 146 | +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
| 147 | +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. | ||
| 148 | +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the | ||
| 149 | +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. | ||
| 150 | +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
| 151 | +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO | ||
| 152 | + | ||
| 153 | +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
| 154 | +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. | ||
| 155 | +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various | ||
| 156 | +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. | ||
| 157 | +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO | ||
| 158 | + | ||
| 159 | +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all | ||
| 160 | +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. | ||
| 161 | +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the | ||
| 162 | +# documentation. | ||
| 163 | +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO | ||
| 164 | + | ||
| 165 | +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any | ||
| 166 | +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. | ||
| 167 | +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the | ||
| 168 | +# function's detailed documentation block. | ||
| 169 | +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO | ||
| 170 | + | ||
| 171 | +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation | ||
| 172 | +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set | ||
| 173 | +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. | ||
| 174 | +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. | ||
| 175 | +INTERNAL_DOCS = YES | ||
| 176 | + | ||
| 177 | +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate | ||
| 178 | +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also | ||
| 179 | +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ | ||
| 180 | +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows | ||
| 181 | +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. | ||
| 182 | +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES | ||
| 183 | + | ||
| 184 | +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen | ||
| 185 | +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the | ||
| 186 | +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden. | ||
| 187 | +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO | ||
| 188 | + | ||
| 189 | +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
| 190 | +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation | ||
| 191 | +# of that file. | ||
| 192 | +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES | ||
| 193 | + | ||
| 194 | +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen | ||
| 195 | +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation | ||
| 196 | +# rather than with sharp brackets. | ||
| 197 | +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = YES | ||
| 198 | + | ||
| 199 | +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] | ||
| 200 | +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members. | ||
| 201 | +INLINE_INFO = YES | ||
| 202 | + | ||
| 203 | +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen | ||
| 204 | +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members | ||
| 205 | +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in | ||
| 206 | +# declaration order. | ||
| 207 | +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES | ||
| 208 | + | ||
| 209 | +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the | ||
| 210 | +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically | ||
| 211 | +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in | ||
| 212 | +# declaration order. | ||
| 213 | +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO | ||
| 214 | + | ||
| 215 | +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen | ||
| 216 | +# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that | ||
| 217 | +# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) | ||
| 218 | +# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by | ||
| 219 | +# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. | ||
| 220 | +# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO | ||
| 221 | +# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO. | ||
| 222 | +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = YES | ||
| 223 | + | ||
| 224 | +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the | ||
| 225 | +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) | ||
| 226 | +# the group names will appear in their defined order. | ||
| 227 | +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO | ||
| 228 | + | ||
| 229 | +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be | ||
| 230 | +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to | ||
| 231 | +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, | ||
| 232 | +# not including the namespace part. | ||
| 233 | +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. | ||
| 234 | +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the | ||
| 235 | +# alphabetical list. | ||
| 236 | +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO | ||
| 237 | + | ||
| 238 | +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to | ||
| 239 | +# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a | ||
| 240 | +# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even | ||
| 241 | +# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose | ||
| 242 | +# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen | ||
| 243 | +# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. | ||
| 244 | +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO | ||
| 245 | + | ||
| 246 | +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
| 247 | +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo | ||
| 248 | +# commands in the documentation. | ||
| 249 | +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES | ||
| 250 | + | ||
| 251 | +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
| 252 | +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test | ||
| 253 | +# commands in the documentation. | ||
| 254 | +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES | ||
| 255 | + | ||
| 256 | +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
| 257 | +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug | ||
| 258 | +# commands in the documentation. | ||
| 259 | +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES | ||
| 260 | + | ||
| 261 | +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or | ||
| 262 | +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting | ||
| 263 | +# \deprecated commands in the documentation. | ||
| 264 | +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES | ||
| 265 | + | ||
| 266 | +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional | ||
| 267 | +# documentation sections, marked by \if section-label ... \endif | ||
| 268 | +# and \cond section-label ... \endcond blocks. | ||
| 269 | +ENABLED_SECTIONS = | ||
| 270 | + | ||
| 271 | +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines | ||
| 272 | +# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in | ||
| 273 | +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified | ||
| 274 | +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. | ||
| 275 | +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the | ||
| 276 | +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer | ||
| 277 | +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting. | ||
| 278 | +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 | ||
| 279 | + | ||
| 280 | +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated | ||
| 281 | +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the | ||
| 282 | +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. | ||
| 283 | +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES | ||
| 284 | + | ||
| 285 | +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. | ||
| 286 | +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the | ||
| 287 | +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||
| 288 | +SHOW_FILES = YES | ||
| 289 | + | ||
| 290 | +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the | ||
| 291 | +# Namespaces page. | ||
| 292 | +# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index | ||
| 293 | +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES. | ||
| 294 | +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES | ||
| 295 | + | ||
| 296 | +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that | ||
| 297 | +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from | ||
| 298 | +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via | ||
| 299 | +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of | ||
| 300 | +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file | ||
| 301 | +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output | ||
| 302 | +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples. | ||
| 303 | +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = | ||
| 304 | + | ||
| 305 | +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed | ||
| 306 | +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated | ||
| 307 | +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file | ||
| 308 | +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. | ||
| 309 | +# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted | ||
| 310 | +# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file. | ||
| 311 | +LAYOUT_FILE = | ||
| 312 | + | ||
| 313 | +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files | ||
| 314 | +# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The | ||
| 315 | +# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command | ||
| 316 | +# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also | ||
| 317 | +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style | ||
| 318 | +# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this | ||
| 319 | +# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. Do not use | ||
| 320 | +# file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them. | ||
| 321 | +CITE_BIB_FILES = | ||
| 322 | + | ||
| 323 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 324 | +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages | ||
| 325 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 326 | + | ||
| 327 | +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated | ||
| 328 | +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
| 329 | +QUIET = NO | ||
| 330 | + | ||
| 331 | +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are | ||
| 332 | +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank | ||
| 333 | +# NO is used. | ||
| 334 | +WARNINGS = YES | ||
| 335 | + | ||
| 336 | +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings | ||
| 337 | +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will | ||
| 338 | +# automatically be disabled. | ||
| 339 | +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = NO | ||
| 340 | + | ||
| 341 | +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for | ||
| 342 | +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some | ||
| 343 | +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that | ||
| 344 | +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly. | ||
| 345 | +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES | ||
| 346 | + | ||
| 347 | +# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for | ||
| 348 | +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters | ||
| 349 | +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about | ||
| 350 | +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of | ||
| 351 | +# documentation. | ||
| 352 | +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO | ||
| 353 | + | ||
| 354 | +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that | ||
| 355 | +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text | ||
| 356 | +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the | ||
| 357 | +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain | ||
| 358 | +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could | ||
| 359 | +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER) | ||
| 360 | +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" | ||
| 361 | + | ||
| 362 | +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning | ||
| 363 | +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written | ||
| 364 | +# to stderr. | ||
| 365 | +WARN_LOGFILE = | ||
| 366 | + | ||
| 367 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 368 | +# configuration options related to the input files | ||
| 369 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 370 | + | ||
| 371 | +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain | ||
| 372 | +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or | ||
| 373 | +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories | ||
| 374 | +# with spaces. | ||
| 375 | +INPUT = @top_srcdir@/include/ @top_srcdir@/src/ @top_srcdir@/assets/js | ||
| 376 | + | ||
| 377 | +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files | ||
| 378 | +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is | ||
| 379 | +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built | ||
| 380 | +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for | ||
| 381 | +# the list of possible encodings. | ||
| 382 | +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 | ||
| 383 | + | ||
| 384 | +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
| 385 | +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
| 386 | +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
| 387 | +# blank the following patterns are tested: | ||
| 388 | +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh | ||
| 389 | +# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py | ||
| 390 | +# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl | ||
| 391 | +FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
| 392 | + | ||
| 393 | +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories | ||
| 394 | +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. | ||
| 395 | +# If left blank NO is used. | ||
| 396 | +RECURSIVE = YES | ||
| 397 | + | ||
| 398 | +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be | ||
| 399 | +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a | ||
| 400 | +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. | ||
| 401 | +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is | ||
| 402 | +# run. | ||
| 403 | +EXCLUDE = | ||
| 404 | + | ||
| 405 | +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or | ||
| 406 | +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded | ||
| 407 | +# from the input. | ||
| 408 | +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = YES | ||
| 409 | + | ||
| 410 | +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
| 411 | +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude | ||
| 412 | +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched | ||
| 413 | +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories | ||
| 414 | +# for example use the pattern */test/* | ||
| 415 | +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = | ||
| 416 | + | ||
| 417 | +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names | ||
| 418 | +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the | ||
| 419 | +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the | ||
| 420 | +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, | ||
| 421 | +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test | ||
| 422 | +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = | ||
| 423 | + | ||
| 424 | +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
| 425 | +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see | ||
| 426 | +# the \include command). | ||
| 427 | +EXAMPLE_PATH = | ||
| 428 | + | ||
| 429 | +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the | ||
| 430 | +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp | ||
| 431 | +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left | ||
| 432 | +# blank all files are included. | ||
| 433 | +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = | ||
| 434 | + | ||
| 435 | +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be | ||
| 436 | +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude | ||
| 437 | +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. | ||
| 438 | +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used. | ||
| 439 | +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO | ||
| 440 | + | ||
| 441 | +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or | ||
| 442 | +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see | ||
| 443 | +# the \image command). | ||
| 444 | +IMAGE_PATH = | ||
| 445 | + | ||
| 446 | +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should | ||
| 447 | +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program | ||
| 448 | +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> | ||
| 449 | +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an | ||
| 450 | +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes | ||
| 451 | +# to standard output. | ||
| 452 | +# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be ignored. | ||
| 453 | +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the | ||
| 454 | +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added | ||
| 455 | +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. | ||
| 456 | +INPUT_FILTER = | ||
| 457 | + | ||
| 458 | +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern | ||
| 459 | +# basis. | ||
| 460 | +# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the | ||
| 461 | +# filter if there is a match. | ||
| 462 | +# The filters are a list of the form: | ||
| 463 | +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further | ||
| 464 | +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if | ||
| 465 | +# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. | ||
| 466 | +FILTER_PATTERNS = | ||
| 467 | + | ||
| 468 | +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using | ||
| 469 | +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source | ||
| 470 | +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). | ||
| 471 | +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO | ||
| 472 | + | ||
| 473 | +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file | ||
| 474 | +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) | ||
| 475 | +# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern | ||
| 476 | +# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when | ||
| 477 | +# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled. | ||
| 478 | +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = | ||
| 479 | + | ||
| 480 | +# If the USE_MD_FILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that | ||
| 481 | +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page | ||
| 482 | +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub | ||
| 483 | +# and want reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. | ||
| 484 | +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = | ||
| 485 | + | ||
| 486 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 487 | +# configuration options related to source browsing | ||
| 488 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 489 | + | ||
| 490 | +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will | ||
| 491 | +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. | ||
| 492 | +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also | ||
| 493 | +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. | ||
| 494 | + | ||
| 495 | +SOURCE_BROWSER = YES | ||
| 496 | + | ||
| 497 | +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body | ||
| 498 | +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation. | ||
| 499 | + | ||
| 500 | +INLINE_SOURCES = YES | ||
| 501 | + | ||
| 502 | +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct | ||
| 503 | +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code | ||
| 504 | +# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible. | ||
| 505 | + | ||
| 506 | +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = NO | ||
| 507 | + | ||
| 508 | +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES | ||
| 509 | +# then for each documented function all documented | ||
| 510 | +# functions referencing it will be listed. | ||
| 511 | + | ||
| 512 | +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES | ||
| 513 | + | ||
| 514 | +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES | ||
| 515 | +# then for each documented function all documented entities | ||
| 516 | +# called/used by that function will be listed. | ||
| 517 | + | ||
| 518 | +REFERENCES_RELATION = YES | ||
| 519 | + | ||
| 520 | +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default) | ||
| 521 | +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from | ||
| 522 | +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will | ||
| 523 | +# link to the source code. | ||
| 524 | +# Otherwise they will link to the documentation. | ||
| 525 | + | ||
| 526 | +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES | ||
| 527 | + | ||
| 528 | +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code | ||
| 529 | +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen | ||
| 530 | +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source | ||
| 531 | +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You | ||
| 532 | +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher. | ||
| 533 | + | ||
| 534 | +USE_HTAGS = NO | ||
| 535 | + | ||
| 536 | +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen | ||
| 537 | +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for | ||
| 538 | +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this. | ||
| 539 | + | ||
| 540 | +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES | ||
| 541 | + | ||
| 542 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 543 | +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index | ||
| 544 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 545 | + | ||
| 546 | +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index | ||
| 547 | +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project | ||
| 548 | +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces. | ||
| 549 | + | ||
| 550 | +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES | ||
| 551 | + | ||
| 552 | +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then | ||
| 553 | +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns | ||
| 554 | +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20]) | ||
| 555 | + | ||
| 556 | +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 | ||
| 557 | + | ||
| 558 | +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all | ||
| 559 | +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. | ||
| 560 | +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that | ||
| 561 | +# should be ignored while generating the index headers. | ||
| 562 | + | ||
| 563 | +IGNORE_PREFIX = | ||
| 564 | + | ||
| 565 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 566 | +# configuration options related to the HTML output | ||
| 567 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 568 | + | ||
| 569 | +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 570 | +# generate HTML output. | ||
| 571 | + | ||
| 572 | +GENERATE_HTML = YES | ||
| 573 | + | ||
| 574 | +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. | ||
| 575 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
| 576 | +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path. | ||
| 577 | + | ||
| 578 | +HTML_OUTPUT = html | ||
| 579 | + | ||
| 580 | +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for | ||
| 581 | +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank | ||
| 582 | +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension. | ||
| 583 | + | ||
| 584 | +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html | ||
| 585 | + | ||
| 586 | +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for | ||
| 587 | +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
| 588 | +# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible | ||
| 589 | +# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen | ||
| 590 | +# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used. | ||
| 591 | +# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html | ||
| 592 | +# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify | ||
| 593 | +# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically | ||
| 594 | +# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when | ||
| 595 | +# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW! | ||
| 596 | + | ||
| 597 | +HTML_HEADER = | ||
| 598 | + | ||
| 599 | +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for | ||
| 600 | +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
| 601 | +# standard footer. | ||
| 602 | + | ||
| 603 | +HTML_FOOTER = | ||
| 604 | + | ||
| 605 | +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading | ||
| 606 | +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to | ||
| 607 | +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will | ||
| 608 | +# generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use | ||
| 609 | +# HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this | ||
| 610 | +# tag will in the future become obsolete. | ||
| 611 | + | ||
| 612 | +HTML_STYLESHEET = | ||
| 613 | + | ||
| 614 | +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional | ||
| 615 | +# user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard | ||
| 616 | +# style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule | ||
| 617 | +# certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET | ||
| 618 | +# since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more | ||
| 619 | +# robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to | ||
| 620 | +# the output directory. | ||
| 621 | + | ||
| 622 | +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = | ||
| 623 | + | ||
| 624 | +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or | ||
| 625 | +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note | ||
| 626 | +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the | ||
| 627 | +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these | ||
| 628 | +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that | ||
| 629 | +# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. | ||
| 630 | + | ||
| 631 | +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = | ||
| 632 | + | ||
| 633 | +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. | ||
| 634 | +# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images | ||
| 635 | +# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, | ||
| 636 | +# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. | ||
| 637 | +# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, | ||
| 638 | +# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again. | ||
| 639 | +# The allowed range is 0 to 359. | ||
| 640 | + | ||
| 641 | +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 | ||
| 642 | + | ||
| 643 | +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of | ||
| 644 | +# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use | ||
| 645 | +# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. | ||
| 646 | + | ||
| 647 | +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 | ||
| 648 | + | ||
| 649 | +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to | ||
| 650 | +# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below | ||
| 651 | +# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make | ||
| 652 | +# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, | ||
| 653 | +# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, | ||
| 654 | +# and 100 does not change the gamma. | ||
| 655 | + | ||
| 656 | +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 | ||
| 657 | + | ||
| 658 | +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML | ||
| 659 | +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting | ||
| 660 | +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. | ||
| 661 | + | ||
| 662 | +HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES | ||
| 663 | + | ||
| 664 | +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML | ||
| 665 | +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the | ||
| 666 | +# page has loaded. | ||
| 667 | + | ||
| 668 | +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES | ||
| 669 | + | ||
| 670 | +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of | ||
| 671 | +# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user | ||
| 672 | +# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand | ||
| 673 | +# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are | ||
| 674 | +# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). | ||
| 675 | +# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by | ||
| 676 | +# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries | ||
| 677 | +# and will result in a full expanded tree by default. | ||
| 678 | + | ||
| 679 | +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 | ||
| 680 | + | ||
| 681 | +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
| 682 | +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 | ||
| 683 | +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). | ||
| 684 | +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the | ||
| 685 | +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that | ||
| 686 | +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in | ||
| 687 | +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find | ||
| 688 | +# it at startup. | ||
| 689 | +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html | ||
| 690 | +# for more information. | ||
| 691 | + | ||
| 692 | +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO | ||
| 693 | + | ||
| 694 | +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the | ||
| 695 | +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple | ||
| 696 | +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) | ||
| 697 | +# can be grouped. | ||
| 698 | + | ||
| 699 | +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" | ||
| 700 | + | ||
| 701 | +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that | ||
| 702 | +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a | ||
| 703 | +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen | ||
| 704 | +# will append .docset to the name. | ||
| 705 | + | ||
| 706 | +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project | ||
| 707 | + | ||
| 708 | +# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely | ||
| 709 | +# identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name | ||
| 710 | +# style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. | ||
| 711 | + | ||
| 712 | +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher | ||
| 713 | + | ||
| 714 | +# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. | ||
| 715 | + | ||
| 716 | +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher | ||
| 717 | + | ||
| 718 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
| 719 | +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the | ||
| 720 | +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) | ||
| 721 | +# of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
| 722 | + | ||
| 723 | +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO | ||
| 724 | + | ||
| 725 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can | ||
| 726 | +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You | ||
| 727 | +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be | ||
| 728 | +# written to the html output directory. | ||
| 729 | + | ||
| 730 | +CHM_FILE = | ||
| 731 | + | ||
| 732 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can | ||
| 733 | +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of | ||
| 734 | +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run | ||
| 735 | +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. | ||
| 736 | + | ||
| 737 | +HHC_LOCATION = | ||
| 738 | + | ||
| 739 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag | ||
| 740 | +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that | ||
| 741 | +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). | ||
| 742 | + | ||
| 743 | +GENERATE_CHI = NO | ||
| 744 | + | ||
| 745 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING | ||
| 746 | +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file | ||
| 747 | +# content. | ||
| 748 | + | ||
| 749 | +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = | ||
| 750 | + | ||
| 751 | +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag | ||
| 752 | +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a | ||
| 753 | +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. | ||
| 754 | + | ||
| 755 | +BINARY_TOC = NO | ||
| 756 | + | ||
| 757 | +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members | ||
| 758 | +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. | ||
| 759 | + | ||
| 760 | +TOC_EXPAND = NO | ||
| 761 | + | ||
| 762 | +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and | ||
| 763 | +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated | ||
| 764 | +# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a | ||
| 765 | +# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. | ||
| 766 | + | ||
| 767 | +GENERATE_QHP = NO | ||
| 768 | + | ||
| 769 | +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can | ||
| 770 | +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. | ||
| 771 | +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder. | ||
| 772 | + | ||
| 773 | +QCH_FILE = | ||
| 774 | + | ||
| 775 | +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating | ||
| 776 | +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see | ||
| 777 | +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace | ||
| 778 | + | ||
| 779 | +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project | ||
| 780 | + | ||
| 781 | +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating | ||
| 782 | +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see | ||
| 783 | +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders | ||
| 784 | + | ||
| 785 | +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc | ||
| 786 | + | ||
| 787 | +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to | ||
| 788 | +# add. For more information please see | ||
| 789 | +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters | ||
| 790 | + | ||
| 791 | +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = | ||
| 792 | + | ||
| 793 | +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the | ||
| 794 | +# custom filter to add. For more information please see | ||
| 795 | +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters"> | ||
| 796 | +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>. | ||
| 797 | + | ||
| 798 | +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = | ||
| 799 | + | ||
| 800 | +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this | ||
| 801 | +# project's | ||
| 802 | +# filter section matches. | ||
| 803 | +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes"> | ||
| 804 | +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>. | ||
| 805 | + | ||
| 806 | +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = | ||
| 807 | + | ||
| 808 | +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can | ||
| 809 | +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. | ||
| 810 | +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated | ||
| 811 | +# .qhp file. | ||
| 812 | + | ||
| 813 | +QHG_LOCATION = | ||
| 814 | + | ||
| 815 | +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files | ||
| 816 | +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help | ||
| 817 | +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents | ||
| 818 | +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML | ||
| 819 | +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of | ||
| 820 | +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as | ||
| 821 | +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before | ||
| 822 | +# the help appears. | ||
| 823 | + | ||
| 824 | +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO | ||
| 825 | + | ||
| 826 | +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin | ||
| 827 | +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have | ||
| 828 | +# this name. | ||
| 829 | + | ||
| 830 | +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project | ||
| 831 | + | ||
| 832 | +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) | ||
| 833 | +# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and | ||
| 834 | +# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the | ||
| 835 | +# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set | ||
| 836 | +# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. | ||
| 837 | + | ||
| 838 | +DISABLE_INDEX = NO | ||
| 839 | + | ||
| 840 | +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index | ||
| 841 | +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. | ||
| 842 | +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated | ||
| 843 | +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that | ||
| 844 | +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports | ||
| 845 | +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser). | ||
| 846 | +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature. | ||
| 847 | +# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you | ||
| 848 | +# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option. | ||
| 849 | + | ||
| 850 | +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES | ||
| 851 | + | ||
| 852 | +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values | ||
| 853 | +# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML | ||
| 854 | +# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum | ||
| 855 | +# values from appearing in the overview section. | ||
| 856 | + | ||
| 857 | +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 | ||
| 858 | + | ||
| 859 | +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be | ||
| 860 | +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree | ||
| 861 | +# is shown. | ||
| 862 | + | ||
| 863 | +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 | ||
| 864 | + | ||
| 865 | +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open | ||
| 866 | +# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. | ||
| 867 | + | ||
| 868 | +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO | ||
| 869 | + | ||
| 870 | +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included | ||
| 871 | +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that | ||
| 872 | +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need | ||
| 873 | +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory | ||
| 874 | +# to force them to be regenerated. | ||
| 875 | + | ||
| 876 | +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 | ||
| 877 | + | ||
| 878 | +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images | ||
| 879 | +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are | ||
| 880 | +# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. | ||
| 881 | +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files | ||
| 882 | +# in the HTML output before the changes have effect. | ||
| 883 | + | ||
| 884 | +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES | ||
| 885 | + | ||
| 886 | +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax | ||
| 887 | +# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the | ||
| 888 | +# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not | ||
| 889 | +# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML | ||
| 890 | +# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and | ||
| 891 | +# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. | ||
| 892 | + | ||
| 893 | +USE_MATHJAX = NO | ||
| 894 | + | ||
| 895 | +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for | ||
| 896 | +# the MathJax output. Supported types are HTML-CSS, NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and | ||
| 897 | +# SVG. The default value is HTML-CSS, which is slower, but has the best | ||
| 898 | +# compatibility. | ||
| 899 | + | ||
| 900 | +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS | ||
| 901 | + | ||
| 902 | +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the | ||
| 903 | +# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination | ||
| 904 | +# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax | ||
| 905 | +# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then | ||
| 906 | +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to | ||
| 907 | +# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without | ||
| 908 | +# installing MathJax. | ||
| 909 | +# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local | ||
| 910 | +# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. | ||
| 911 | + | ||
| 912 | +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest | ||
| 913 | + | ||
| 914 | +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension | ||
| 915 | +# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. | ||
| 916 | + | ||
| 917 | +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = | ||
| 918 | + | ||
| 919 | +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript | ||
| 920 | +# pieces of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. | ||
| 921 | + | ||
| 922 | +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = | ||
| 923 | + | ||
| 924 | +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box | ||
| 925 | +# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript | ||
| 926 | +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using | ||
| 927 | +# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets | ||
| 928 | +# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should | ||
| 929 | +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine | ||
| 930 | +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. | ||
| 931 | + | ||
| 932 | +SEARCHENGINE = YES | ||
| 933 | + | ||
| 934 | +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be | ||
| 935 | +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. | ||
| 936 | +# There are two flavours of web server based search depending on the | ||
| 937 | +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for | ||
| 938 | +# searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is | ||
| 939 | +# enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools. | ||
| 940 | +# See the manual for details. | ||
| 941 | + | ||
| 942 | +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO | ||
| 943 | + | ||
| 944 | +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP | ||
| 945 | +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file | ||
| 946 | +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an | ||
| 947 | +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain | ||
| 948 | +# the search results. Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and | ||
| 949 | +# search engine (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search | ||
| 950 | +# engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration details. | ||
| 951 | + | ||
| 952 | +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO | ||
| 953 | + | ||
| 954 | +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server | ||
| 955 | +# which will returned the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. | ||
| 956 | +# Doxygen ships with an example search engine (doxysearch) which is based on | ||
| 957 | +# the open source search engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration | ||
| 958 | +# details. | ||
| 959 | + | ||
| 960 | +SEARCHENGINE_URL = | ||
| 961 | + | ||
| 962 | +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed | ||
| 963 | +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the | ||
| 964 | +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. | ||
| 965 | + | ||
| 966 | +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml | ||
| 967 | + | ||
| 968 | +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH AND EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the | ||
| 969 | +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is | ||
| 970 | +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple | ||
| 971 | +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. | ||
| 972 | + | ||
| 973 | +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = | ||
| 974 | + | ||
| 975 | +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen | ||
| 976 | +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are | ||
| 977 | +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a | ||
| 978 | +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id | ||
| 979 | +# of to a relative location where the documentation can be found. | ||
| 980 | +# The format is: EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = id1=loc1 id2=loc2 ... | ||
| 981 | + | ||
| 982 | +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = | ||
| 983 | + | ||
| 984 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 985 | +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output | ||
| 986 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 987 | + | ||
| 988 | +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 989 | +# generate Latex output. | ||
| 990 | + | ||
| 991 | +GENERATE_LATEX = NO | ||
| 992 | + | ||
| 993 | +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. | ||
| 994 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
| 995 | +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path. | ||
| 996 | + | ||
| 997 | +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex | ||
| 998 | + | ||
| 999 | +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be | ||
| 1000 | +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name. | ||
| 1001 | +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for | ||
| 1002 | +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the | ||
| 1003 | +# Makefile that is written to the output directory. | ||
| 1004 | + | ||
| 1005 | +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex | ||
| 1006 | + | ||
| 1007 | +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to | ||
| 1008 | +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the | ||
| 1009 | +# default command name. | ||
| 1010 | + | ||
| 1011 | +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex | ||
| 1012 | + | ||
| 1013 | +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
| 1014 | +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
| 1015 | +# save some trees in general. | ||
| 1016 | + | ||
| 1017 | +COMPACT_LATEX = NO | ||
| 1018 | + | ||
| 1019 | +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used | ||
| 1020 | +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and | ||
| 1021 | +# executive. If left blank a4 will be used. | ||
| 1022 | + | ||
| 1023 | +PAPER_TYPE = a4 | ||
| 1024 | + | ||
| 1025 | +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX | ||
| 1026 | +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output. | ||
| 1027 | + | ||
| 1028 | +EXTRA_PACKAGES = | ||
| 1029 | + | ||
| 1030 | +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for | ||
| 1031 | +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until | ||
| 1032 | +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
| 1033 | +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
| 1034 | + | ||
| 1035 | +LATEX_HEADER = | ||
| 1036 | + | ||
| 1037 | +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for | ||
| 1038 | +# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after | ||
| 1039 | +# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a | ||
| 1040 | +# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing! | ||
| 1041 | + | ||
| 1042 | +LATEX_FOOTER = | ||
| 1043 | + | ||
| 1044 | +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images | ||
| 1045 | +# or other source files which should be copied to the LaTeX output directory. | ||
| 1046 | +# Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers | ||
| 1047 | +# available. | ||
| 1048 | + | ||
| 1049 | +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = | ||
| 1050 | + | ||
| 1051 | +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated | ||
| 1052 | +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will | ||
| 1053 | +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references | ||
| 1054 | +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer. | ||
| 1055 | + | ||
| 1056 | +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES | ||
| 1057 | + | ||
| 1058 | +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of | ||
| 1059 | +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a | ||
| 1060 | +# higher quality PDF documentation. | ||
| 1061 | + | ||
| 1062 | +USE_PDFLATEX = YES | ||
| 1063 | + | ||
| 1064 | +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. | ||
| 1065 | +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep | ||
| 1066 | +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. | ||
| 1067 | +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML. | ||
| 1068 | + | ||
| 1069 | +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO | ||
| 1070 | + | ||
| 1071 | +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not | ||
| 1072 | +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) | ||
| 1073 | +# in the output. | ||
| 1074 | + | ||
| 1075 | +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO | ||
| 1076 | + | ||
| 1077 | +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include | ||
| 1078 | +# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. | ||
| 1079 | +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings | ||
| 1080 | +# such as SOURCE_BROWSER. | ||
| 1081 | + | ||
| 1082 | +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO | ||
| 1083 | + | ||
| 1084 | +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the | ||
| 1085 | +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See | ||
| 1086 | +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. | ||
| 1087 | + | ||
| 1088 | +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain | ||
| 1089 | + | ||
| 1090 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1091 | +# configuration options related to the RTF output | ||
| 1092 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1093 | + | ||
| 1094 | +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output | ||
| 1095 | +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with | ||
| 1096 | +# other RTF readers or editors. | ||
| 1097 | + | ||
| 1098 | +GENERATE_RTF = NO | ||
| 1099 | + | ||
| 1100 | +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. | ||
| 1101 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
| 1102 | +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path. | ||
| 1103 | + | ||
| 1104 | +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf | ||
| 1105 | + | ||
| 1106 | +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact | ||
| 1107 | +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to | ||
| 1108 | +# save some trees in general. | ||
| 1109 | + | ||
| 1110 | +COMPACT_RTF = NO | ||
| 1111 | + | ||
| 1112 | +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated | ||
| 1113 | +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will | ||
| 1114 | +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. | ||
| 1115 | +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other | ||
| 1116 | +# programs which support those fields. | ||
| 1117 | +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links. | ||
| 1118 | + | ||
| 1119 | +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO | ||
| 1120 | + | ||
| 1121 | +# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's | ||
| 1122 | +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide | ||
| 1123 | +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value. | ||
| 1124 | + | ||
| 1125 | +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = | ||
| 1126 | + | ||
| 1127 | +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. | ||
| 1128 | +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file. | ||
| 1129 | + | ||
| 1130 | +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = | ||
| 1131 | + | ||
| 1132 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1133 | +# configuration options related to the man page output | ||
| 1134 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1135 | + | ||
| 1136 | +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 1137 | +# generate man pages | ||
| 1138 | + | ||
| 1139 | +GENERATE_MAN = NO | ||
| 1140 | + | ||
| 1141 | +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. | ||
| 1142 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
| 1143 | +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path. | ||
| 1144 | + | ||
| 1145 | +MAN_OUTPUT = man | ||
| 1146 | + | ||
| 1147 | +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to | ||
| 1148 | +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3) | ||
| 1149 | + | ||
| 1150 | +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 | ||
| 1151 | + | ||
| 1152 | +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, | ||
| 1153 | +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity | ||
| 1154 | +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files | ||
| 1155 | +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command | ||
| 1156 | +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO. | ||
| 1157 | + | ||
| 1158 | +MAN_LINKS = NO | ||
| 1159 | + | ||
| 1160 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1161 | +# configuration options related to the XML output | ||
| 1162 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1163 | + | ||
| 1164 | +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
| 1165 | +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of | ||
| 1166 | +# the code including all documentation. | ||
| 1167 | + | ||
| 1168 | +GENERATE_XML = NO | ||
| 1169 | + | ||
| 1170 | +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. | ||
| 1171 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be | ||
| 1172 | +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path. | ||
| 1173 | + | ||
| 1174 | +XML_OUTPUT = xml | ||
| 1175 | + | ||
| 1176 | +# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, | ||
| 1177 | +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the | ||
| 1178 | +# syntax of the XML files. | ||
| 1179 | + | ||
| 1180 | +XML_SCHEMA = | ||
| 1181 | + | ||
| 1182 | +# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, | ||
| 1183 | +# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the | ||
| 1184 | +# syntax of the XML files. | ||
| 1185 | + | ||
| 1186 | +XML_DTD = | ||
| 1187 | + | ||
| 1188 | +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
| 1189 | +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting | ||
| 1190 | +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that | ||
| 1191 | +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output. | ||
| 1192 | + | ||
| 1193 | +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES | ||
| 1194 | + | ||
| 1195 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1196 | +# configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output | ||
| 1197 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1198 | + | ||
| 1199 | +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate DOCBOOK files | ||
| 1200 | +# that can be used to generate PDF. | ||
| 1201 | + | ||
| 1202 | +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO | ||
| 1203 | + | ||
| 1204 | +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the DOCBOOK pages will be put. | ||
| 1205 | +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in | ||
| 1206 | +# front of it. If left blank docbook will be used as the default path. | ||
| 1207 | + | ||
| 1208 | +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook | ||
| 1209 | + | ||
| 1210 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1211 | +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output | ||
| 1212 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1213 | + | ||
| 1214 | +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
| 1215 | +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file | ||
| 1216 | +# that captures the structure of the code including all | ||
| 1217 | +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental | ||
| 1218 | +# and incomplete at the moment. | ||
| 1219 | + | ||
| 1220 | +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO | ||
| 1221 | + | ||
| 1222 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1223 | +# configuration options related to the Perl module output | ||
| 1224 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1225 | + | ||
| 1226 | +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will | ||
| 1227 | +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of | ||
| 1228 | +# the code including all documentation. Note that this | ||
| 1229 | +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the | ||
| 1230 | +# moment. | ||
| 1231 | + | ||
| 1232 | +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO | ||
| 1233 | + | ||
| 1234 | +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate | ||
| 1235 | +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able | ||
| 1236 | +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output. | ||
| 1237 | + | ||
| 1238 | +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO | ||
| 1239 | + | ||
| 1240 | +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be | ||
| 1241 | +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. | ||
| 1242 | +# This is useful | ||
| 1243 | +# if you want to understand what is going on. | ||
| 1244 | +# On the other hand, if this | ||
| 1245 | +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller | ||
| 1246 | +# and Perl will parse it just the same. | ||
| 1247 | + | ||
| 1248 | +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES | ||
| 1249 | + | ||
| 1250 | +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file | ||
| 1251 | +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. | ||
| 1252 | +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same | ||
| 1253 | +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables. | ||
| 1254 | + | ||
| 1255 | +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = | ||
| 1256 | + | ||
| 1257 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1258 | +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor | ||
| 1259 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1260 | + | ||
| 1261 | +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 1262 | +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include | ||
| 1263 | +# files. | ||
| 1264 | + | ||
| 1265 | +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES | ||
| 1266 | + | ||
| 1267 | +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro | ||
| 1268 | +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional | ||
| 1269 | +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled | ||
| 1270 | +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. | ||
| 1271 | + | ||
| 1272 | +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO | ||
| 1273 | + | ||
| 1274 | +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES | ||
| 1275 | +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the | ||
| 1276 | +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. | ||
| 1277 | + | ||
| 1278 | +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO | ||
| 1279 | + | ||
| 1280 | +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files | ||
| 1281 | +# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found. | ||
| 1282 | + | ||
| 1283 | +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES | ||
| 1284 | + | ||
| 1285 | +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
| 1286 | +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by | ||
| 1287 | +# the preprocessor. | ||
| 1288 | + | ||
| 1289 | +INCLUDE_PATH = | ||
| 1290 | + | ||
| 1291 | +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard | ||
| 1292 | +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the | ||
| 1293 | +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will | ||
| 1294 | +# be used. | ||
| 1295 | + | ||
| 1296 | +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = | ||
| 1297 | + | ||
| 1298 | +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that | ||
| 1299 | +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of | ||
| 1300 | +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name | ||
| 1301 | +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are | ||
| 1302 | +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being | ||
| 1303 | +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator | ||
| 1304 | +# instead of the = operator. | ||
| 1305 | + | ||
| 1306 | +PREDEFINED = | ||
| 1307 | + | ||
| 1308 | +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then | ||
| 1309 | +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. | ||
| 1310 | +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. | ||
| 1311 | +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that | ||
| 1312 | +# overrules the definition found in the source code. | ||
| 1313 | + | ||
| 1314 | +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = | ||
| 1315 | + | ||
| 1316 | +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then | ||
| 1317 | +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros | ||
| 1318 | +# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a | ||
| 1319 | +# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed. | ||
| 1320 | +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = NO | ||
| 1321 | + | ||
| 1322 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1323 | +# Configuration::additions related to external references | ||
| 1324 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1325 | + | ||
| 1326 | +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each | ||
| 1327 | +# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The | ||
| 1328 | +# format of a tag file without this location is as follows: | ||
| 1329 | +# | ||
| 1330 | +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... | ||
| 1331 | +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: | ||
| 1332 | +# | ||
| 1333 | +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... | ||
| 1334 | +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths | ||
| 1335 | +# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does | ||
| 1336 | +# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which | ||
| 1337 | +# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. | ||
| 1338 | + | ||
| 1339 | +TAGFILES = | ||
| 1340 | + | ||
| 1341 | +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create | ||
| 1342 | +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads. | ||
| 1343 | + | ||
| 1344 | +GENERATE_TAGFILE = | ||
| 1345 | + | ||
| 1346 | +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed | ||
| 1347 | +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes | ||
| 1348 | +# will be listed. | ||
| 1349 | + | ||
| 1350 | +ALLEXTERNALS = NO | ||
| 1351 | + | ||
| 1352 | +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed | ||
| 1353 | +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will | ||
| 1354 | +# be listed. | ||
| 1355 | + | ||
| 1356 | +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES | ||
| 1357 | + | ||
| 1358 | +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed | ||
| 1359 | +# in the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's | ||
| 1360 | +# pages will be listed. | ||
| 1361 | + | ||
| 1362 | +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES | ||
| 1363 | + | ||
| 1364 | +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script | ||
| 1365 | +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl'). | ||
| 1366 | + | ||
| 1367 | +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl | ||
| 1368 | + | ||
| 1369 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1370 | +# Configuration options related to the dot tool | ||
| 1371 | +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 1372 | + | ||
| 1373 | +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 1374 | +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base | ||
| 1375 | +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that | ||
| 1376 | +# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to | ||
| 1377 | +# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs. | ||
| 1378 | + | ||
| 1379 | +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES | ||
| 1380 | + | ||
| 1381 | +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc | ||
| 1382 | +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see | ||
| 1383 | +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the | ||
| 1384 | +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where | ||
| 1385 | +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the | ||
| 1386 | +# default search path. | ||
| 1387 | + | ||
| 1388 | +MSCGEN_PATH = | ||
| 1389 | + | ||
| 1390 | +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide | ||
| 1391 | +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented | ||
| 1392 | +# or is not a class. | ||
| 1393 | +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = NO | ||
| 1394 | + | ||
| 1395 | +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is | ||
| 1396 | +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization | ||
| 1397 | +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section | ||
| 1398 | +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default) | ||
| 1399 | + | ||
| 1400 | +HAVE_DOT = YES | ||
| 1401 | + | ||
| 1402 | +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is | ||
| 1403 | +# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will | ||
| 1404 | +# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it | ||
| 1405 | +# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance | ||
| 1406 | +# between CPU load and processing speed. | ||
| 1407 | + | ||
| 1408 | +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 | ||
| 1409 | + | ||
| 1410 | +# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that | ||
| 1411 | +# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify | ||
| 1412 | +# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find | ||
| 1413 | +# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting | ||
| 1414 | +# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the | ||
| 1415 | +# directory containing the font. | ||
| 1416 | + | ||
| 1417 | +DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica | ||
| 1418 | + | ||
| 1419 | +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. | ||
| 1420 | +# The default size is 10pt. | ||
| 1421 | + | ||
| 1422 | +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 | ||
| 1423 | + | ||
| 1424 | +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font. | ||
| 1425 | +# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to | ||
| 1426 | +# set the path where dot can find it. | ||
| 1427 | + | ||
| 1428 | +DOT_FONTPATH = | ||
| 1429 | + | ||
| 1430 | +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
| 1431 | +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
| 1432 | +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the | ||
| 1433 | +# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. | ||
| 1434 | + | ||
| 1435 | +CLASS_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1436 | + | ||
| 1437 | +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
| 1438 | +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and | ||
| 1439 | +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and | ||
| 1440 | +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes. | ||
| 1441 | + | ||
| 1442 | +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1443 | + | ||
| 1444 | +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
| 1445 | +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies | ||
| 1446 | + | ||
| 1447 | +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES | ||
| 1448 | + | ||
| 1449 | +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and | ||
| 1450 | +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling | ||
| 1451 | +# Language. | ||
| 1452 | +UML_LOOK = NO | ||
| 1453 | + | ||
| 1454 | +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside | ||
| 1455 | +# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the | ||
| 1456 | +# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS | ||
| 1457 | +# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more | ||
| 1458 | +# manageable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be | ||
| 1459 | +# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced. | ||
| 1460 | +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 | ||
| 1461 | + | ||
| 1462 | +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the | ||
| 1463 | +# relations between templates and their instances. | ||
| 1464 | +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO | ||
| 1465 | + | ||
| 1466 | +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT | ||
| 1467 | +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented | ||
| 1468 | +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with | ||
| 1469 | +# other documented files. | ||
| 1470 | +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1471 | + | ||
| 1472 | +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and | ||
| 1473 | +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each | ||
| 1474 | +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or | ||
| 1475 | +# indirectly include this file. | ||
| 1476 | +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1477 | + | ||
| 1478 | +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then | ||
| 1479 | +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function | ||
| 1480 | +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase | ||
| 1481 | +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs | ||
| 1482 | +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command. | ||
| 1483 | +CALL_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1484 | + | ||
| 1485 | +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then | ||
| 1486 | +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function | ||
| 1487 | +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase | ||
| 1488 | +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller | ||
| 1489 | +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command. | ||
| 1490 | + | ||
| 1491 | +CALLER_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1492 | + | ||
| 1493 | +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen | ||
| 1494 | +# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. | ||
| 1495 | + | ||
| 1496 | +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES | ||
| 1497 | + | ||
| 1498 | +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES | ||
| 1499 | +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories | ||
| 1500 | +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include | ||
| 1501 | +# relations between the files in the directories. | ||
| 1502 | + | ||
| 1503 | +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES | ||
| 1504 | + | ||
| 1505 | +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images | ||
| 1506 | +# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif. | ||
| 1507 | +# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set | ||
| 1508 | +# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files | ||
| 1509 | +# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement). | ||
| 1510 | + | ||
| 1511 | +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = svg | ||
| 1512 | + | ||
| 1513 | +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to | ||
| 1514 | +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. | ||
| 1515 | +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. | ||
| 1516 | +# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you | ||
| 1517 | +# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files | ||
| 1518 | +# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. | ||
| 1519 | + | ||
| 1520 | +INTERACTIVE_SVG = YES | ||
| 1521 | + | ||
| 1522 | +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be | ||
| 1523 | +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. | ||
| 1524 | + | ||
| 1525 | +DOT_PATH = | ||
| 1526 | + | ||
| 1527 | +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
| 1528 | +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
| 1529 | +# \dotfile command). | ||
| 1530 | + | ||
| 1531 | +DOTFILE_DIRS = | ||
| 1532 | + | ||
| 1533 | +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that | ||
| 1534 | +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the | ||
| 1535 | +# \mscfile command). | ||
| 1536 | + | ||
| 1537 | +MSCFILE_DIRS = | ||
| 1538 | + | ||
| 1539 | +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of | ||
| 1540 | +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph | ||
| 1541 | +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is | ||
| 1542 | +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the | ||
| 1543 | +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than | ||
| 1544 | +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note | ||
| 1545 | +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. | ||
| 1546 | + | ||
| 1547 | +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50 | ||
| 1548 | + | ||
| 1549 | +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the | ||
| 1550 | +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable | ||
| 1551 | +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes | ||
| 1552 | +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this | ||
| 1553 | +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large | ||
| 1554 | +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by | ||
| 1555 | +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. | ||
| 1556 | + | ||
| 1557 | +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0 | ||
| 1558 | + | ||
| 1559 | +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent | ||
| 1560 | +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not | ||
| 1561 | +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, | ||
| 1562 | +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of | ||
| 1563 | +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read). | ||
| 1564 | + | ||
| 1565 | +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO | ||
| 1566 | + | ||
| 1567 | +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output | ||
| 1568 | +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This | ||
| 1569 | +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) | ||
| 1570 | +# support this, this feature is disabled by default. | ||
| 1571 | + | ||
| 1572 | +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES | ||
| 1573 | + | ||
| 1574 | +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 1575 | +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and | ||
| 1576 | +# arrows in the dot generated graphs. | ||
| 1577 | + | ||
| 1578 | +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES | ||
| 1579 | + | ||
| 1580 | +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will | ||
| 1581 | +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate | ||
| 1582 | +# the various graphs. | ||
| 1583 | + | ||
| 1584 | +DOT_CLEANUP = YES |
docs/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
include/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
include/tr/cbuf.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * My implementation of a ringbuffer. | ||
| 4 | + * It maps a shared memory object twice directly following | ||
| 5 | + * thus make it possible to read and write from any | ||
| 6 | + * position within the buffer without the nasty wrap | ||
| 7 | + * calculations. | ||
| 8 | + * This is achived because the same memory region is mapped | ||
| 9 | + * at the two addresses. | ||
| 10 | + * | ||
| 11 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 12 | + * | ||
| 13 | + * \copyright | ||
| 14 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 15 | + * | ||
| 16 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 17 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 18 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 19 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 20 | + * | ||
| 21 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 22 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 23 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 24 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 25 | + * | ||
| 26 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 27 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 28 | + */ | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +#ifndef __TR_CBUF_H__ | ||
| 31 | +#define __TR_CBUF_H__ | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +#include <ctype.h> | ||
| 34 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 35 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 38 | +#include "trio.h" | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | +#define TR_ECBUFOVFL 100 | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + | ||
| 43 | +TR_CLASS(TR_Cbuf) { | ||
| 44 | + char * shm_name; // shared memory identifier | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | + char * data; | ||
| 47 | + Bool lock; | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | + size_t bsize; | ||
| 50 | + size_t bused; | ||
| 51 | + | ||
| 52 | + size_t write; | ||
| 53 | + size_t read; | ||
| 54 | +}; | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | +ssize_t TR_cbufRead(TR_Cbuf, TR_Stream); | ||
| 57 | +ssize_t TR_cbufWrite(TR_Cbuf, TR_Stream); | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +char * TR_cbufGetLine(TR_Cbuf, char **); | ||
| 60 | +char * TR_cbufGetData(TR_Cbuf, size_t); | ||
| 61 | +char * TR_cbufSetData(TR_Cbuf, const void *, size_t); | ||
| 62 | +void TR_cbufEmpty(TR_Cbuf); | ||
| 63 | + | ||
| 64 | +char * TR_cbufGetRead(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 65 | +char * TR_cbufGetWrite(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 66 | +char * TR_cbufMemchr(TR_Cbuf this, int c); | ||
| 67 | +size_t TR_cbufAddrIndex(TR_Cbuf this, const void * c); | ||
| 68 | +void TR_cbufIncRead(TR_Cbuf this, size_t n); | ||
| 69 | +void TR_cbufIncWrite(TR_Cbuf this, size_t n); | ||
| 70 | +size_t TR_cbufGetFree(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 71 | +char TR_cbufIsEmpty(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 72 | +void TR_cbufSkipNonAlpha(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 73 | +Bool TR_cbufIsLocked(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 74 | +void TR_cbufLock(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 75 | +void TR_cbufRelease(TR_Cbuf this); | ||
| 76 | + | ||
| 77 | +#endif // __TR_CBUF_H__ | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/tr/hash.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#ifndef __TR_HASH_H__ | ||
| 24 | +#define __TR_HASH_H__ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 29 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +#define TR_HASH_IS_EMPTY(h) ((h)->root) | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +TR_CLASS(TR_Hash) { | ||
| 34 | + TR_Tree root; | ||
| 35 | +}; | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +void * TR_hashAdd(TR_Hash, void *); | ||
| 38 | +void * TR_hashDelete(TR_Hash, const char *, size_t); | ||
| 39 | +void * TR_hashGet(TR_Hash, const char *, size_t); | ||
| 40 | +void * TR_hashGetFirst(TR_Hash); | ||
| 41 | +void * TR_hashDeleteByVal(TR_Hash, unsigned long); | ||
| 42 | +void * TR_hashGetByVal(TR_Hash, unsigned long); | ||
| 43 | +void TR_hashEach(TR_Hash, void (*)(const void*)); | ||
| 44 | +void TR_hashCleanup(TR_Hash); | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | +#endif // __TR_HASH_H__ | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/tr/hash_value.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#ifndef __TR_HASH_VALUE_H__ | ||
| 24 | +#define __TR_HASH_VALUE_H__ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +TR_CLASS(TR_HashValue) { | ||
| 31 | + unsigned long hash; | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | + char * key; | ||
| 34 | + void * value; | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | + size_t nkey; | ||
| 37 | + size_t nvalue; | ||
| 38 | +}; | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | +#endif // __TR_HASH_VALUE_H__ | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/tr/interface/hashable.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * The logger interface. | ||
| 4 | + * | ||
| 5 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 6 | + * | ||
| 7 | + * \copyright | ||
| 8 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 9 | + * | ||
| 10 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 11 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 12 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 13 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 14 | + * | ||
| 15 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 16 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 17 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 18 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 19 | + * | ||
| 20 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 21 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 22 | + */ | ||
| 23 | + | ||
| 24 | +#ifndef __TR_INTERFACE_HASHABLE_H__ | ||
| 25 | +#define __TR_INTERFACE_HASHABLE_H__ | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +typedef unsigned long (* fptr_TR_hashableGetHash)(void *); | ||
| 30 | +typedef void (* fptr_TR_hashableHandleDouble)(void *, void *); | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | +TR_INTERFACE(TR_Hashable) { | ||
| 33 | + TR_IFID; | ||
| 34 | + fptr_TR_hashableGetHash getHash; | ||
| 35 | + fptr_TR_hashableHandleDouble handleDouble; | ||
| 36 | +}; | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | +extern unsigned long TR_hashableGetHash(void *); | ||
| 39 | +extern void TR_hashableHandleDouble(void *, void *); | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | +#endif // __TR_INTERFACE_HASHABLE_H__ | ||
| 42 | + | ||
| 43 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/tr/queue.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * Holds requests ready for processing. | ||
| 4 | + * | ||
| 5 | + * \todo change this to a real queue. | ||
| 6 | + * | ||
| 7 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * \copyright | ||
| 10 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 11 | + * | ||
| 12 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 13 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 14 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 15 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 16 | + * | ||
| 17 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 18 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 19 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 20 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 21 | + * | ||
| 22 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 23 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 24 | + */ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#ifndef __TR_QUEUE_H__ | ||
| 27 | +#define __TR_QUEUE_H__ | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | +TR_CLASS(TR_Queue) { | ||
| 35 | + void * msg; | ||
| 36 | + TR_Queue next; | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + /** | ||
| 39 | + * first and last are only available in the initial queue | ||
| 40 | + * element (the root). This elelment does not contain any message | ||
| 41 | + * and exists only for organizational purpose. | ||
| 42 | + * | ||
| 43 | + * \todo next and first always have to be the same...so get rid | ||
| 44 | + * of first. | ||
| 45 | + */ | ||
| 46 | + TR_Queue first; | ||
| 47 | + TR_Queue last; | ||
| 48 | + size_t nmsg; | ||
| 49 | +}; | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +void TR_queuePut(TR_Queue, void *); | ||
| 52 | +void * TR_queueGet(TR_Queue); | ||
| 53 | + | ||
| 54 | +#define TR_queueEmpty(this) (0 >= (this)->nmsg) | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | +#endif // __TR_QUEUE_H__ | ||
| 57 | + | ||
| 58 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/tr/tree.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#ifndef __TR_TREE_H__ | ||
| 24 | +#define __TR_TREE_H__ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#define TR_TREE_RIGHT(node) (NULL!=(node)?(node)->right:NULL) | ||
| 29 | +#define TR_TREE_LEFT(node) (NULL!=(node)?(node)->left:NULL) | ||
| 30 | +#define TR_TREE_PARENT(node) (NULL!=(node)?(node)->parent:NULL) | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | +#define TR_TREE_CHILD(node) \ | ||
| 33 | + (NULL==TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))?TR_TREE_LEFT((node)):TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))) | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | +#define TR_TREE_RIGHT_LEFT(node) \ | ||
| 36 | + (NULL!=TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))?TR_TREE_LEFT(TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))):NULL) | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | +#define TR_TREE_LEFT_RIGHT(node) \ | ||
| 39 | + (NULL!=TR_TREE_LEFT((node))?TR_TREE_RIGHT(TR_TREE_LEFT((node))):NULL) | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | +#define TR_TREE_SIBLING(node) \ | ||
| 42 | + (NULL!=TR_TREE_PARENT((node))? \ | ||
| 43 | + ((node)==TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left? \ | ||
| 44 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->right: \ | ||
| 45 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left): \ | ||
| 46 | + NULL) | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +#define TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node) \ | ||
| 49 | + (NULL!=TR_TREE_PARENT((node))?TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->parent:NULL) | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +#define TR_TREE_UNCLE(node) \ | ||
| 52 | + (NULL!=TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT((node))? \ | ||
| 53 | + (TR_TREE_PARENT((node))==TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT((node))->left? \ | ||
| 54 | + TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT((node))->right: \ | ||
| 55 | + TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT((node))->left): \ | ||
| 56 | + NULL) | ||
| 57 | + | ||
| 58 | +#define TR_TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(root, node) \ | ||
| 59 | + do { \ | ||
| 60 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_RIGHT_LEFT((node))) { \ | ||
| 61 | + TR_TREE_RIGHT_LEFT((node))->parent = (node); \ | ||
| 62 | + } \ | ||
| 63 | + TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))->left = (node); \ | ||
| 64 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT((node))) { \ | ||
| 65 | + if (TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left==(node)) { \ | ||
| 66 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left = (node)->right; \ | ||
| 67 | + } else { \ | ||
| 68 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->right = (node)->right; \ | ||
| 69 | + } \ | ||
| 70 | + } else { \ | ||
| 71 | + *(root) = (node)->right; \ | ||
| 72 | + } \ | ||
| 73 | + (node)->right = TR_TREE_RIGHT_LEFT((node)); \ | ||
| 74 | + (node)->parent = (node)->right; \ | ||
| 75 | + TR_TREE_RIGHT((node))->parent = (node)->parent; \ | ||
| 76 | + } while(0) | ||
| 77 | + | ||
| 78 | +#define TR_TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(root, node) \ | ||
| 79 | + do { \ | ||
| 80 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_LEFT_RIGHT((node))) { \ | ||
| 81 | + TR_TREE_LEFT_RIGHT((node))->parent = (node); \ | ||
| 82 | + } \ | ||
| 83 | + TR_TREE_LEFT((node))->right = (node); \ | ||
| 84 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT((node))) { \ | ||
| 85 | + if (TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left==(node)) { \ | ||
| 86 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->left = (node)->left; \ | ||
| 87 | + } else { \ | ||
| 88 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node))->right = (node)->left; \ | ||
| 89 | + } \ | ||
| 90 | + } else { \ | ||
| 91 | + *(root) = (node)->left; \ | ||
| 92 | + } \ | ||
| 93 | + TR_TREE_LEFT((node))->parent = (node)->parent; \ | ||
| 94 | + (node)->left = TR_TREE_LEFT_RIGHT((node)); \ | ||
| 95 | + (node)->parent = (node)->right; \ | ||
| 96 | + } while(0) | ||
| 97 | + | ||
| 98 | +#define TR_TREE_REPLACE_NODE(root, node1, node2) \ | ||
| 99 | + do { \ | ||
| 100 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT((node1))) { \ | ||
| 101 | + if ((node1) == TR_TREE_PARENT((node1))->left) { \ | ||
| 102 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node1))->left = (node2); \ | ||
| 103 | + } else { \ | ||
| 104 | + TR_TREE_PARENT((node1))->right = (node2); \ | ||
| 105 | + } \ | ||
| 106 | + } else { \ | ||
| 107 | + *(root) = (node2); \ | ||
| 108 | + } \ | ||
| 109 | + if (NULL != (node2)) { \ | ||
| 110 | + (node2)->parent = (node1)->parent; \ | ||
| 111 | + } \ | ||
| 112 | + } while(0) | ||
| 113 | + | ||
| 114 | + | ||
| 115 | +typedef enum {rbBlack=1, rbRed=2} TR_rbColor; | ||
| 116 | + | ||
| 117 | +TR_CLASS(TR_Tree) { | ||
| 118 | + void * data; | ||
| 119 | + | ||
| 120 | + TR_rbColor color; | ||
| 121 | + | ||
| 122 | + TR_Tree parent; | ||
| 123 | + TR_Tree left; | ||
| 124 | + TR_Tree right; | ||
| 125 | +}; | ||
| 126 | + | ||
| 127 | +typedef int (*TR_TreeComp)(const void *, const void *); | ||
| 128 | +typedef void (*TR_TreeAction)(const void *, const int); | ||
| 129 | + | ||
| 130 | +void * TR_treeFind(TR_Tree, const void *, TR_TreeComp); | ||
| 131 | +void * TR_treeInsert(TR_Tree *, const void *, TR_TreeComp); | ||
| 132 | +void * TR_treeDelete(TR_Tree *, const void *, TR_TreeComp); | ||
| 133 | +void TR_treeWalk(TR_Tree, TR_TreeAction); | ||
| 134 | +void TR_treeDestroy(TR_Tree *, TR_TreeAction); | ||
| 135 | + | ||
| 136 | +#endif // __TR_TREE_H__ | ||
| 137 | + | ||
| 138 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
include/trdata.h
0 → 100644
src/.gitignore
0 → 100644
| 1 | +.*.swp | ||
| 2 | +*.o | ||
| 3 | +*.a | ||
| 4 | +*.lo | ||
| 5 | +*.la | ||
| 6 | +*.gcda | ||
| 7 | +*.gcno | ||
| 8 | +.dirstamp | ||
| 9 | +.deps/ | ||
| 10 | +.libs/ | ||
| 11 | +Makefile | ||
| 12 | +configure | ||
| 13 | +Makefile.in | ||
| 14 | +m4/ | ||
| 15 | +/config.* | ||
| 16 | +*.crt | ||
| 17 | +*.csr | ||
| 18 | +*.pem | ||
| 19 | +*.m4 | ||
| 20 | +taskrambler.conf | ||
| 21 | +/INSTALL | ||
| 22 | +tests/coverage* | ||
| 23 | +/docs/api/ | ||
| 24 | +/docs/Doxyfile | ||
| 25 | +/run | ||
| 26 | +/autom4te.cache/ | ||
| 27 | +/compile | ||
| 28 | +/depcomp | ||
| 29 | +/install-sh | ||
| 30 | +/libtool | ||
| 31 | +/ltmain.sh | ||
| 32 | +/missing | ||
| 33 | +stamp-h1 | ||
| 34 | +src/taskrambler | ||
| 35 | +/tests/*Test | ||
| 36 | +/tests/*.log | ||
| 37 | +/tests/*.trs | ||
| 38 | +gmon.out | ||
| 39 | +test-driver | ||
| 40 | +/assets/html/_documentation.html | ||
| 41 | +tags |
src/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +AM_CFLAGS += -I../include/ | ||
| 5 | + | ||
| 6 | +TRDATALIBS = cbuf/libcbuf.la \ | ||
| 7 | + hash/libhash.la \ | ||
| 8 | + queue/libqueue.la \ | ||
| 9 | + tree/libtree.la | ||
| 10 | + | ||
| 11 | +lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtrdata.la | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | +libtrdata_la_SOURCES = | ||
| 14 | +libtrdata_la_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) | ||
| 15 | +libtrdata_la_LIBADD = $(TRDATALIBS) | ||
| 16 | + | ||
| 17 | +SUBDIRS = cbuf hash queue tree |
src/cbuf/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +AM_CFLAGS += -I../../include/ | ||
| 5 | + | ||
| 6 | +CB = cbuf.c read.c \ | ||
| 7 | + get_line.c set_data.c get_data.c \ | ||
| 8 | + addr_index.c get_free.c get_read.c get_write.c \ | ||
| 9 | + inc_read.c inc_write.c is_empty.c memchr.c \ | ||
| 10 | + skip_non_alpha.c is_locked.c lock.c release.c \ | ||
| 11 | + empty.c | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | +noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libcbuf.la | ||
| 14 | + | ||
| 15 | +libcbuf_la_SOURCES = $(CB) | ||
| 16 | +libcbuf_la_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) |
src/cbuf/addr_index.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +size_t | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufAddrIndex(TR_Cbuf this, const void * c) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + return c - (const void *)TR_cbufGetRead(this); | ||
| 31 | +} | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/cbuf.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#define _POSIX_SOURCE | ||
| 24 | +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 200112L | ||
| 25 | +#define _GNU_SOURCE | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 28 | +#include <sys/stat.h> | ||
| 29 | +#include <sys/mman.h> | ||
| 30 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 31 | +#include <stdlib.h> | ||
| 32 | +#include <stdio.h> | ||
| 33 | +#include <unistd.h> | ||
| 34 | +#include <fcntl.h> | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 37 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | +static void cbufDtor(void*); | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +static | ||
| 43 | +int | ||
| 44 | +cbufCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 45 | +{ | ||
| 46 | + TR_Cbuf this = _this; | ||
| 47 | + char state = -1; | ||
| 48 | + char * shm_name = va_arg(*params, char*); | ||
| 49 | + long psize = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); | ||
| 50 | + size_t size; | ||
| 51 | + int shm; | ||
| 52 | + char * data; | ||
| 53 | + | ||
| 54 | + this->shm_name = TR_malloc(strlen(shm_name) + 7 + 2); | ||
| 55 | + sprintf(this->shm_name, "/%06d_%s", getpid(), shm_name); | ||
| 56 | + | ||
| 57 | + /** | ||
| 58 | + * align size at page boundary. | ||
| 59 | + * increase as neccessary | ||
| 60 | + */ | ||
| 61 | + size = va_arg(*params, size_t); | ||
| 62 | + size = (0 >= size)? 1 : (0 != size%psize)? (size/psize)+1 : size/psize; | ||
| 63 | + this->bsize = psize * size; | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | + while (-1 == state) { | ||
| 66 | + shm = shm_open(this->shm_name, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL, S_IRWXU); | ||
| 67 | + if (-1 == shm) { | ||
| 68 | + break; | ||
| 69 | + } | ||
| 70 | + | ||
| 71 | + if (-1 == ftruncate(shm, this->bsize)) { | ||
| 72 | + break; | ||
| 73 | + } | ||
| 74 | + | ||
| 75 | + this->data = mmap (0, this->bsize << 1, | ||
| 76 | + PROT_NONE, MAP_ANONYMOUS|MAP_PRIVATE, -1, 0); | ||
| 77 | + if (this->data == MAP_FAILED) { | ||
| 78 | + this->data = NULL; | ||
| 79 | + break; | ||
| 80 | + } | ||
| 81 | + | ||
| 82 | + data = mmap (this->data, this->bsize, | ||
| 83 | + PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_FIXED|MAP_SHARED, shm, 0); | ||
| 84 | + if (data != this->data) { | ||
| 85 | + break; | ||
| 86 | + } | ||
| 87 | + | ||
| 88 | + data = mmap (this->data + this->bsize, this->bsize, | ||
| 89 | + PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_FIXED|MAP_SHARED, shm, 0); | ||
| 90 | + if (data != this->data + this->bsize) { | ||
| 91 | + break; | ||
| 92 | + } | ||
| 93 | + | ||
| 94 | + state = 0; | ||
| 95 | + } | ||
| 96 | + | ||
| 97 | + if (-1 != shm) { | ||
| 98 | + shm_unlink(this->shm_name); | ||
| 99 | + close(shm); | ||
| 100 | + } | ||
| 101 | + | ||
| 102 | + return state; | ||
| 103 | +} | ||
| 104 | + | ||
| 105 | +static | ||
| 106 | +void | ||
| 107 | +cbufDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 108 | +{ | ||
| 109 | + TR_Cbuf this = _this; | ||
| 110 | + | ||
| 111 | + TR_MEM_FREE(this->shm_name); | ||
| 112 | + | ||
| 113 | + if (NULL != this->data && MAP_FAILED != this->data) { | ||
| 114 | + munmap(this->data, this->bsize << 1); | ||
| 115 | + } | ||
| 116 | + | ||
| 117 | + this->data = NULL; | ||
| 118 | +} | ||
| 119 | + | ||
| 120 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, cbufCtor, cbufDtor, NULL); | ||
| 121 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(TR_Cbuf, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class)); | ||
| 122 | + | ||
| 123 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/empty.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufEmpty(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + this->bused = 0; | ||
| 29 | + this->read = this->write; | ||
| 30 | +} | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/get_data.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +char * | ||
| 29 | +TR_cbufGetData(TR_Cbuf this, size_t n) | ||
| 30 | +{ | ||
| 31 | + char * ret = TR_cbufGetRead(this); | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | + if (n > this->bused) { | ||
| 34 | + return (char *)-1; | ||
| 35 | + } | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + TR_cbufIncRead(this, n); | ||
| 38 | + return ret; | ||
| 39 | +} | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/get_free.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +size_t | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufGetFree(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + return this->bsize - this->bused; | ||
| 31 | +} | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/get_line.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +char * | ||
| 30 | +TR_cbufGetLine(TR_Cbuf this, char ** line_end) | ||
| 31 | +{ | ||
| 32 | + char * nl = TR_cbufMemchr(this, '\n'); | ||
| 33 | + char * ret = NULL; | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | + if (NULL != nl) { | ||
| 36 | + size_t len = TR_cbufAddrIndex(this, nl) + 1; | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + *line_end = nl - 1; | ||
| 39 | + *nl = 0; | ||
| 40 | + *(nl-1) = ('\r' == *(nl-1))? 0 : *(nl-1); | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + ret = TR_cbufGetRead(this); | ||
| 43 | + TR_cbufIncRead(this, len); | ||
| 44 | + } | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | + return ret; | ||
| 47 | +} | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/get_read.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +char * | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufGetRead(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + return this->data + this->read; | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/get_write.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +char * | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufGetWrite(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + return this->data + this->write; | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/inc_read.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +void | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufIncRead(TR_Cbuf this, size_t n) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + this->read += n; | ||
| 31 | + this->read = (this->read >= this->bsize)? | ||
| 32 | + this->read - this->bsize : this->read; | ||
| 33 | + this->bused -= n; | ||
| 34 | +} | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/inc_write.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +void | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufIncWrite(TR_Cbuf this, size_t n) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + this->write += n; | ||
| 31 | + this->write = (this->write >= this->bsize)? | ||
| 32 | + this->write - this->bsize : this->write; | ||
| 33 | + this->bused += n; | ||
| 34 | +} | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/is_empty.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +char | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufIsEmpty(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + return (0 == this->bused); | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/is_locked.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +Bool | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufIsLocked(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + return this->lock; | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/lock.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufLock(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + this->lock = TRUE; | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/memchr.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +char * | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufMemchr(TR_Cbuf this, int c) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + return memchr(TR_cbufGetRead(this), c, this->bused); | ||
| 31 | +} | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/read.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | +#include <unistd.h> | ||
| 25 | +#include <errno.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "trio.h" | ||
| 28 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +ssize_t | ||
| 32 | +TR_cbufRead(TR_Cbuf this, TR_Stream st) | ||
| 33 | +{ | ||
| 34 | + size_t rsize = TR_cbufGetFree(this); | ||
| 35 | + ssize_t rrsize; | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + if (0 == rsize) { | ||
| 38 | + errno = TR_ECBUFOVFL; | ||
| 39 | + return -1; | ||
| 40 | + } | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + rrsize = TR_streamRead(st, TR_cbufGetWrite(this), rsize); | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + if (0 < rrsize) { | ||
| 45 | + TR_cbufIncWrite(this, rrsize); | ||
| 46 | + } | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + return rrsize; | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/release.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_cbufRelease(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + this->lock = FALSE; | ||
| 29 | +} | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/set_data.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 25 | +#include <errno.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +char * | ||
| 30 | +TR_cbufSetData(TR_Cbuf this, const void * src, size_t n) | ||
| 31 | +{ | ||
| 32 | + char * addr; | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | + if (n > TR_cbufGetFree(this)) { | ||
| 35 | + errno = TR_ECBUFOVFL; | ||
| 36 | + return (char *)-1; | ||
| 37 | + } | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | + addr = memcpy(TR_cbufGetWrite(this), src, n); | ||
| 40 | + TR_cbufIncWrite(this, n); | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + return addr; | ||
| 43 | +} | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/cbuf/skip_non_alpha.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <ctype.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/cbuf.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +void | ||
| 28 | +TR_cbufSkipNonAlpha(TR_Cbuf this) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + while(0 < this->bused && !isalpha(*TR_cbufGetRead(this))) | ||
| 31 | + TR_cbufIncRead(this, 1); | ||
| 32 | +} | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +AM_CFLAGS += -I../../include/ | ||
| 5 | + | ||
| 6 | +HASH = hash.c add.c get.c get_first.c delete.c each.c value.c \ | ||
| 7 | + cleanup.c interface/hashable.c | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libhash.la | ||
| 10 | + | ||
| 11 | +libhash_la_SOURCES = $(HASH) | ||
| 12 | +libhash_la_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) |
src/hash/add.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <search.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 26 | +#include "tr/interface/hashable.h" | ||
| 27 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +static | ||
| 30 | +inline | ||
| 31 | +int | ||
| 32 | +hashAddComp(const void * a, const void * b) | ||
| 33 | +{ | ||
| 34 | + unsigned long hash_a = TR_hashableGetHash((void*)a); | ||
| 35 | + unsigned long hash_b = TR_hashableGetHash((void*)b); | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + if (hash_a < hash_b) { | ||
| 38 | + return -1; | ||
| 39 | + } | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | + if (hash_a > hash_b) { | ||
| 42 | + return 1; | ||
| 43 | + } | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | + return 0; | ||
| 46 | +} | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +void * | ||
| 49 | +TR_hashAdd(TR_Hash this, void * operand) | ||
| 50 | +{ | ||
| 51 | + void * found = TR_treeInsert(&this->root, operand, hashAddComp); | ||
| 52 | + | ||
| 53 | + if (NULL == found) { | ||
| 54 | + return NULL; | ||
| 55 | + } | ||
| 56 | + | ||
| 57 | + if (operand != found) { | ||
| 58 | + TR_hashableHandleDouble(found, operand); | ||
| 59 | + TR_delete(operand); | ||
| 60 | + } | ||
| 61 | + | ||
| 62 | + return found; | ||
| 63 | +} | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/cleanup.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +static | ||
| 28 | +inline | ||
| 29 | +void | ||
| 30 | +tDelete(const void * node, const int depth) | ||
| 31 | +{ | ||
| 32 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 33 | +} | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | +void | ||
| 36 | +TR_hashCleanup(TR_Hash this) | ||
| 37 | +{ | ||
| 38 | + TR_treeDestroy(&(this->root), tDelete); | ||
| 39 | +} | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/delete.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "trhash.h" | ||
| 26 | +#include "tr/interface/hashable.h" | ||
| 27 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 28 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +static | ||
| 31 | +inline | ||
| 32 | +int | ||
| 33 | +hashDeleteComp(const void * a, const void * b) | ||
| 34 | +{ | ||
| 35 | + unsigned long hash_a = TR_hashableGetHash((void*)a); | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + if (hash_a < *(const unsigned long*)b) { | ||
| 38 | + return -1; | ||
| 39 | + } | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | + if (hash_a > *(const unsigned long*)b) { | ||
| 42 | + return 1; | ||
| 43 | + } | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | + return 0; | ||
| 46 | +} | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +void * | ||
| 49 | +TR_hashDelete(TR_Hash this, const char * search, size_t nsearch) | ||
| 50 | +{ | ||
| 51 | + unsigned long hash = TR_sdbm((const unsigned char *)search, nsearch); | ||
| 52 | + void * found = NULL; | ||
| 53 | + | ||
| 54 | + found = TR_treeDelete(&(this->root), &hash, hashDeleteComp); | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | + return found; | ||
| 57 | +} | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +void * | ||
| 60 | +TR_hashDeleteByVal(TR_Hash this, unsigned long hash) | ||
| 61 | +{ | ||
| 62 | + void * found = TR_treeDelete(&(this->root), &hash, hashDeleteComp); | ||
| 63 | + | ||
| 64 | + return found; | ||
| 65 | +} | ||
| 66 | + | ||
| 67 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/each.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <search.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 26 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +static void (*cb)(const void*); | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +static | ||
| 31 | +inline | ||
| 32 | +void | ||
| 33 | +walk(const void * node, const int depth) | ||
| 34 | +{ | ||
| 35 | + cb(node); | ||
| 36 | +} | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | +void | ||
| 39 | +TR_hashEach(TR_Hash this, void (*callback)(const void*)) | ||
| 40 | +{ | ||
| 41 | + cb = callback; | ||
| 42 | + | ||
| 43 | + TR_treeWalk(this->root, walk); | ||
| 44 | +} | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/get.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <stdio.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include <search.h> | ||
| 26 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#include "trhash.h" | ||
| 29 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 30 | +#include "tr/interface/hashable.h" | ||
| 31 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +static | ||
| 34 | +inline | ||
| 35 | +int | ||
| 36 | +hashGetComp(const void * a, const void * b) | ||
| 37 | +{ | ||
| 38 | + unsigned long hash_a = TR_hashableGetHash((void*)a); | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | + if (hash_a < *(const unsigned long*)b) { | ||
| 41 | + return -1; | ||
| 42 | + } | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + if (hash_a > *(const unsigned long*)b) { | ||
| 45 | + return 1; | ||
| 46 | + } | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + return 0; | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +void * | ||
| 52 | +TR_hashGet(TR_Hash this, const char * search, size_t nsearch) | ||
| 53 | +{ | ||
| 54 | + unsigned long hash = TR_sdbm((const unsigned char *)search, nsearch); | ||
| 55 | + void * found = TR_treeFind(this->root, &hash, hashGetComp); | ||
| 56 | + | ||
| 57 | + return found; | ||
| 58 | +} | ||
| 59 | + | ||
| 60 | +void * | ||
| 61 | +TR_hashGetByVal(TR_Hash this, unsigned long hash) | ||
| 62 | +{ | ||
| 63 | + void * found = TR_treeFind(this->root, &hash, hashGetComp); | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | + return found; | ||
| 66 | +} | ||
| 67 | + | ||
| 68 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/get_first.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +void * | ||
| 28 | +TR_hashGetFirst(TR_Hash this) | ||
| 29 | +{ | ||
| 30 | + return this->root; | ||
| 31 | +} | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/hash.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#define _GNU_SOURCE | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 28 | +#include "tr/hash.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +static | ||
| 31 | +int | ||
| 32 | +hashCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 33 | +{ | ||
| 34 | + return 0; | ||
| 35 | +} | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +static | ||
| 38 | +inline | ||
| 39 | +void | ||
| 40 | +tDelete(const void * node, const int depth) | ||
| 41 | +{ | ||
| 42 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 43 | +} | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | +static | ||
| 46 | +void | ||
| 47 | +hashDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 48 | +{ | ||
| 49 | + TR_Hash this = _this; | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | + TR_hashCleanup(this); | ||
| 52 | +} | ||
| 53 | + | ||
| 54 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, hashCtor, hashDtor, NULL); | ||
| 55 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(TR_Hash, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class)); | ||
| 56 | + | ||
| 57 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/interface/hashable.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <stdlib.h> | ||
| 24 | +#include <stdio.h> | ||
| 25 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 28 | +#include "tr/interface/hashable.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +TR_CREATE_INTERFACE(TR_Hashable, 2); | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | +unsigned long | ||
| 33 | +TR_hashableGetHash(void * hashable) | ||
| 34 | +{ | ||
| 35 | + unsigned long ret; | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | + TR_RETCALL(hashable, TR_Hashable, getHash, ret); | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | + return ret; | ||
| 40 | +} | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +void | ||
| 43 | +TR_hashableHandleDouble(void * hashable, void * new_hashable) | ||
| 44 | +{ | ||
| 45 | + TR_CALL(hashable, TR_Hashable, handleDouble, new_hashable); | ||
| 46 | +} | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/hash/value.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 24 | +#include <stdlib.h> | ||
| 25 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 26 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 29 | +#include "trhash.h" | ||
| 30 | +#include "tr/hash_value.h" | ||
| 31 | +#include "tr/interface/hashable.h" | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +static | ||
| 34 | +int | ||
| 35 | +hashValueCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 36 | +{ | ||
| 37 | + TR_HashValue this = _this; | ||
| 38 | + char * key = va_arg(* params, char*); | ||
| 39 | + void * value; | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | + this->nkey = va_arg(* params, size_t); | ||
| 42 | + value = va_arg(* params, void*); | ||
| 43 | + this->nvalue = va_arg(* params, size_t); | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | + this->key = TR_malloc(this->nkey + 1); | ||
| 46 | + this->key[this->nkey] = 0; | ||
| 47 | + memcpy(this->key, key, this->nkey); | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | + this->hash = TR_sdbm((unsigned char *)this->key, this->nkey); | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | + if (NULL != value) { | ||
| 52 | + this->value = TR_malloc(this->nvalue + 1); | ||
| 53 | + ((char*)this->value)[this->nvalue] = 0; | ||
| 54 | + memcpy(this->value, value, this->nvalue); | ||
| 55 | + } | ||
| 56 | + | ||
| 57 | + return 0; | ||
| 58 | +} | ||
| 59 | + | ||
| 60 | +static | ||
| 61 | +void | ||
| 62 | +hashValueDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 63 | +{ | ||
| 64 | + TR_HashValue this = _this; | ||
| 65 | + | ||
| 66 | + TR_MEM_FREE(this->key); | ||
| 67 | + TR_MEM_FREE(this->value); | ||
| 68 | +} | ||
| 69 | + | ||
| 70 | +static | ||
| 71 | +unsigned long | ||
| 72 | +hashValueGetHash(void * _this) | ||
| 73 | +{ | ||
| 74 | + TR_HashValue this = _this; | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | + return this->hash; | ||
| 77 | +} | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | +static | ||
| 80 | +void | ||
| 81 | +hashValueHandleDouble(void * _this, void * _double) | ||
| 82 | +{ | ||
| 83 | + TR_HashValue this = _this; | ||
| 84 | + TR_HashValue doub = _double; | ||
| 85 | + void * tmp_value; | ||
| 86 | + size_t tmp_nvalue; | ||
| 87 | + | ||
| 88 | + /** | ||
| 89 | + * here we swap the internal data of both objects, | ||
| 90 | + * effectively overwriting the old entry. We need not | ||
| 91 | + * to free anything here as _double will be deleted | ||
| 92 | + * afterwards anyway (\see hash/add.c). | ||
| 93 | + */ | ||
| 94 | + tmp_value = this->value; | ||
| 95 | + this->value = doub->value; | ||
| 96 | + doub->value = tmp_value; | ||
| 97 | + | ||
| 98 | + tmp_nvalue = this->nvalue; | ||
| 99 | + this->nvalue = doub->nvalue; | ||
| 100 | + doub->nvalue = tmp_nvalue; | ||
| 101 | +} | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, hashValueCtor, hashValueDtor, NULL); | ||
| 104 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Hashable, hashValueGetHash, hashValueHandleDouble); | ||
| 105 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(TR_HashValue, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class), TR_IF(TR_Hashable)); | ||
| 106 | + | ||
| 107 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/queue/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
src/queue/get.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/queue.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +void * | ||
| 27 | +TR_queueGet(TR_Queue this) | ||
| 28 | +{ | ||
| 29 | + TR_Queue first; | ||
| 30 | + void * msg; | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | + if (NULL == this->first) { | ||
| 33 | + return NULL; | ||
| 34 | + } | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | + msg = this->first->msg; | ||
| 37 | + first = this->first->next; | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | + if (this->first == this->last) { | ||
| 40 | + this->last = NULL; | ||
| 41 | + } | ||
| 42 | + TR_delete(this->first); | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + this->next = first; | ||
| 45 | + this->first = first; | ||
| 46 | + this->nmsg--; | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + return msg; | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/queue/put.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/queue.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +void | ||
| 27 | +TR_queuePut(TR_Queue this, void * msg) | ||
| 28 | +{ | ||
| 29 | + TR_Queue node = (this->last)? this->last : this; | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | + node->next = TR_new(TR_Queue); | ||
| 32 | + this->last = node->next; | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | + if (node == this) { | ||
| 35 | + this->first = node->next; | ||
| 36 | + } | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + node->next->msg = msg; | ||
| 39 | + this->nmsg++; | ||
| 40 | +} | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/queue/queue.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 26 | +#include "tr/queue.h" | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +static | ||
| 29 | +int | ||
| 30 | +queueCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 31 | +{ | ||
| 32 | + return 0; | ||
| 33 | +} | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | +static | ||
| 36 | +void | ||
| 37 | +queueDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 38 | +{ | ||
| 39 | + TR_Queue this = _this; | ||
| 40 | + TR_Queue node = this->first; | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + while (NULL != node) { | ||
| 43 | + TR_Queue next = node->next; | ||
| 44 | + TR_delete(node->msg); | ||
| 45 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 46 | + node = next; | ||
| 47 | + } | ||
| 48 | +} | ||
| 49 | + | ||
| 50 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, queueCtor, queueDtor, NULL); | ||
| 51 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(TR_Queue, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class)); | ||
| 52 | + | ||
| 53 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +TREE = tree.c find.c insert.c inOrderSuccessor.c delete.c walk.c \ | ||
| 5 | + rotateLeft.c rotateRight.c destroy.c | ||
| 6 | + | ||
| 7 | +AM_CFLAGS += -I../../include/ | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libtree.la | ||
| 10 | + | ||
| 11 | +libtree_la_SOURCES = $(TREE) | ||
| 12 | +libtree_la_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) |
src/tree/delete.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +TR_Tree TR_inOrderSuccessor(TR_Tree); | ||
| 27 | +void TR_treeRotateLeft(TR_Tree *, TR_Tree); | ||
| 28 | +void TR_treeRotateRight(TR_Tree *, TR_Tree); | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +void * | ||
| 31 | +TR_treeDelete(TR_Tree * this, const void * search, TR_TreeComp comp) | ||
| 32 | +{ | ||
| 33 | + TR_Tree node = *this; | ||
| 34 | + TR_Tree del_node; | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | + void * data; | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + /* | ||
| 39 | + * first search for it and if its found return the data | ||
| 40 | + * and we are done... | ||
| 41 | + */ | ||
| 42 | + while (NULL != node) { | ||
| 43 | + int comparison = comp(node->data, search); | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | + if (0 < comparison) { | ||
| 46 | + node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 47 | + continue; | ||
| 48 | + } | ||
| 49 | + | ||
| 50 | + if (0 > comparison) { | ||
| 51 | + node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 52 | + continue; | ||
| 53 | + } | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | + if (0 == comparison) { | ||
| 56 | + break; | ||
| 57 | + } | ||
| 58 | + } | ||
| 59 | + | ||
| 60 | + /* | ||
| 61 | + * nothing was found...return NULL to indicate this. | ||
| 62 | + */ | ||
| 63 | + if (NULL == node) { | ||
| 64 | + return NULL; | ||
| 65 | + } | ||
| 66 | + | ||
| 67 | + /* | ||
| 68 | + * we found an element, store its data pointer as we are | ||
| 69 | + * up to delete it. | ||
| 70 | + */ | ||
| 71 | + data = node->data; | ||
| 72 | + | ||
| 73 | + /* | ||
| 74 | + * now remove the element. | ||
| 75 | + */ | ||
| 76 | + | ||
| 77 | + /* | ||
| 78 | + * if we have two children replace data with the one from | ||
| 79 | + * out inOrderSuccessor and remove the inOrderSuccessor. | ||
| 80 | + */ | ||
| 81 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_LEFT(node) && NULL != TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 82 | + TR_Tree successor = TR_inOrderSuccessor(node); | ||
| 83 | + | ||
| 84 | + node->data = successor->data; | ||
| 85 | + node = successor; | ||
| 86 | + } | ||
| 87 | + | ||
| 88 | + { | ||
| 89 | + TR_Tree child = TR_TREE_CHILD(node); | ||
| 90 | + | ||
| 91 | + /* | ||
| 92 | + * if we still have one child replace ourself with it. | ||
| 93 | + */ | ||
| 94 | + TR_TREE_REPLACE_NODE(this, node, child); | ||
| 95 | + | ||
| 96 | + /* | ||
| 97 | + * and finally delete the node...and prepare ourselfs | ||
| 98 | + * for rebalancing. | ||
| 99 | + */ | ||
| 100 | + if (rbBlack == node->color) { | ||
| 101 | + if (NULL != child && rbRed == child->color) { | ||
| 102 | + child->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 103 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 104 | + return data; | ||
| 105 | + } else { | ||
| 106 | + del_node = node; | ||
| 107 | + if (NULL != child) { | ||
| 108 | + node = child; | ||
| 109 | + } else { | ||
| 110 | + node->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 111 | + node->left = NULL; | ||
| 112 | + node->right = NULL; | ||
| 113 | + } | ||
| 114 | + } | ||
| 115 | + } else { | ||
| 116 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 117 | + return data; | ||
| 118 | + } | ||
| 119 | + } | ||
| 120 | + | ||
| 121 | + /* | ||
| 122 | + * now comes rebalancing...note that if we came to this point | ||
| 123 | + * the node is still not deleted. | ||
| 124 | + * This is because I am not sure if it is needed during the | ||
| 125 | + * rebalancing process...(this does not make much sense, but | ||
| 126 | + * to be honest I don't know now.) | ||
| 127 | + */ | ||
| 128 | + while(1) { | ||
| 129 | + // case 1 | ||
| 130 | + if (NULL == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)) { | ||
| 131 | + break; | ||
| 132 | + } | ||
| 133 | + | ||
| 134 | + // case 2 | ||
| 135 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node) | ||
| 136 | + && rbRed == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color) { | ||
| 137 | + | ||
| 138 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 139 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 140 | + | ||
| 141 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right && | ||
| 142 | + node != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right) { | ||
| 143 | + | ||
| 144 | + //TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 145 | + TR_treeRotateLeft(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 146 | + | ||
| 147 | + } else { | ||
| 148 | + | ||
| 149 | + //TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 150 | + TR_treeRotateRight(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 151 | + | ||
| 152 | + } | ||
| 153 | + } | ||
| 154 | + | ||
| 155 | + // case 3 / 4 | ||
| 156 | + if (NULL == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node) | ||
| 157 | + || (rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color | ||
| 158 | + && (NULL == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left | ||
| 159 | + || rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left->color) | ||
| 160 | + && (NULL == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right | ||
| 161 | + || rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right->color))) { | ||
| 162 | + | ||
| 163 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)) { | ||
| 164 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 165 | + } | ||
| 166 | + | ||
| 167 | + | ||
| 168 | + /* | ||
| 169 | + * this is the point where during the balancing our tree | ||
| 170 | + * node can be finally deleted. | ||
| 171 | + */ | ||
| 172 | + if (rbBlack == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color) { | ||
| 173 | + // case 3 | ||
| 174 | + TR_Tree parent = node->parent; | ||
| 175 | + node = parent; | ||
| 176 | + continue; | ||
| 177 | + } else { | ||
| 178 | + // case 4 | ||
| 179 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 180 | + break; | ||
| 181 | + } | ||
| 182 | + } | ||
| 183 | + | ||
| 184 | + // case 5 | ||
| 185 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node) | ||
| 186 | + && rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color) { | ||
| 187 | + | ||
| 188 | + if (node == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left | ||
| 189 | + && (NULL == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right | ||
| 190 | + || rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right->color) | ||
| 191 | + && (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left | ||
| 192 | + && rbRed == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left->color)) { | ||
| 193 | + | ||
| 194 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 195 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 196 | + | ||
| 197 | + //TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(this, TREE_SIBLING(node)); | ||
| 198 | + TR_treeRotateRight(this, TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)); | ||
| 199 | + | ||
| 200 | + } else if (node == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right | ||
| 201 | + && (NULL == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left | ||
| 202 | + || rbBlack == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left->color) | ||
| 203 | + && (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right | ||
| 204 | + && rbRed == TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right->color)) { | ||
| 205 | + | ||
| 206 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 207 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 208 | + | ||
| 209 | + //TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(this, TREE_SIBLING(node)); | ||
| 210 | + TR_treeRotateLeft(this, TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)); | ||
| 211 | + } | ||
| 212 | + } | ||
| 213 | + | ||
| 214 | + // case 6 | ||
| 215 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)) { | ||
| 216 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->color = TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color; | ||
| 217 | + } | ||
| 218 | + | ||
| 219 | + if (NULL != node && NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)) { | ||
| 220 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 221 | + | ||
| 222 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right | ||
| 223 | + && node != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right) { | ||
| 224 | + | ||
| 225 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right) { | ||
| 226 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->right->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 227 | + } | ||
| 228 | + //TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 229 | + TR_treeRotateLeft(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 230 | + } else { | ||
| 231 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left) { | ||
| 232 | + TR_TREE_SIBLING(node)->left->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 233 | + } | ||
| 234 | + //TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 235 | + TR_treeRotateRight(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 236 | + } | ||
| 237 | + } | ||
| 238 | + | ||
| 239 | + break; | ||
| 240 | + } | ||
| 241 | + | ||
| 242 | + TR_delete(del_node); | ||
| 243 | + /* | ||
| 244 | + * not sure if deleting here is correct. | ||
| 245 | + */ | ||
| 246 | + return data; | ||
| 247 | +} | ||
| 248 | + | ||
| 249 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/destroy.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +void | ||
| 27 | +TR_treeDestroy(TR_Tree * this, TR_TreeAction action) | ||
| 28 | +{ | ||
| 29 | + TR_Tree previous = * this; | ||
| 30 | + TR_Tree node = * this; | ||
| 31 | + int depth = 1; | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | + /* | ||
| 34 | + * I think this has something like O(n+log(n)) on a ballanced | ||
| 35 | + * tree because I have to traverse back the rightmost leaf to | ||
| 36 | + * the root to get a break condition. | ||
| 37 | + */ | ||
| 38 | + while (NULL != node) { | ||
| 39 | + /* | ||
| 40 | + * If we come from the right so nothing and go to our | ||
| 41 | + * next parent. | ||
| 42 | + */ | ||
| 43 | + if (((NULL == TR_TREE_LEFT(node) | ||
| 44 | + || previous == TR_TREE_LEFT(node)) && NULL == TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) | ||
| 45 | + || previous == TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 46 | + | ||
| 47 | + TR_Tree parent = TR_TREE_PARENT(node); | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | + action(node->data, depth); | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | + previous = node; | ||
| 52 | + TR_delete(node); | ||
| 53 | + node = parent; | ||
| 54 | + depth--; | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | + continue; | ||
| 57 | + } | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | + if ((NULL == TR_TREE_LEFT(node) || previous == TR_TREE_LEFT(node))) { | ||
| 60 | + /* | ||
| 61 | + * If there are no more elements to the left or we | ||
| 62 | + * came from the left, process data. | ||
| 63 | + */ | ||
| 64 | + previous = node; | ||
| 65 | + | ||
| 66 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 67 | + node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 68 | + depth++; | ||
| 69 | + } else { | ||
| 70 | + node = TR_TREE_PARENT(node); | ||
| 71 | + depth--; | ||
| 72 | + } | ||
| 73 | + } else { | ||
| 74 | + /* | ||
| 75 | + * if there are more elements to the left go there. | ||
| 76 | + */ | ||
| 77 | + previous = node; | ||
| 78 | + node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 79 | + depth++; | ||
| 80 | + } | ||
| 81 | + } | ||
| 82 | + | ||
| 83 | + *this = NULL; | ||
| 84 | +} | ||
| 85 | + | ||
| 86 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/find.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void * | ||
| 26 | +TR_treeFind(TR_Tree this, const void * search, TR_TreeComp comp) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + while (NULL != this) { | ||
| 29 | + int comparison = comp(this->data, search); | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | + if (0 < comparison) { | ||
| 32 | + this = TR_TREE_LEFT(this); | ||
| 33 | + continue; | ||
| 34 | + } | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | + if (0 > comparison) { | ||
| 37 | + this = TR_TREE_RIGHT(this); | ||
| 38 | + continue; | ||
| 39 | + } | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | + if (0 == comparison) { | ||
| 42 | + break; | ||
| 43 | + } | ||
| 44 | + } | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | + return NULL != this ? this->data : NULL; | ||
| 47 | +} | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/inOrderSuccessor.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +TR_Tree | ||
| 26 | +TR_inOrderSuccessor(TR_Tree this) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + this = TR_TREE_RIGHT(this); | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | + while (NULL != TR_TREE_LEFT(this)) { | ||
| 31 | + this = TR_TREE_LEFT(this); | ||
| 32 | + } | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | + return this; | ||
| 35 | +} | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/insert.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +void TR_treeRotateLeft(TR_Tree *, TR_Tree); | ||
| 27 | +void TR_treeRotateRight(TR_Tree *, TR_Tree); | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +void * | ||
| 30 | +TR_treeInsert(TR_Tree * this, const void * search, TR_TreeComp comp) | ||
| 31 | +{ | ||
| 32 | + TR_Tree node = *this; | ||
| 33 | + TR_Tree new_node = NULL; | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | + /* | ||
| 36 | + * insert the node or return the one in tree if comparison | ||
| 37 | + * succeeds. | ||
| 38 | + */ | ||
| 39 | + if (NULL == node) { | ||
| 40 | + /* | ||
| 41 | + * if the root is NULL we simple add the element and set | ||
| 42 | + * node to it. | ||
| 43 | + */ | ||
| 44 | + *this = node = new_node = TR_new(TR_Tree, search); | ||
| 45 | + } else { | ||
| 46 | + /* | ||
| 47 | + * first search for it and if its found return the data | ||
| 48 | + * and we are done... | ||
| 49 | + */ | ||
| 50 | + int comparison; | ||
| 51 | + | ||
| 52 | + while (NULL != node) { | ||
| 53 | + comparison = comp(node->data, search); | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | + if (0 < comparison) { | ||
| 56 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_LEFT(node)) { | ||
| 57 | + node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 58 | + continue; | ||
| 59 | + } else { | ||
| 60 | + break; | ||
| 61 | + } | ||
| 62 | + } | ||
| 63 | + | ||
| 64 | + if (0 > comparison) { | ||
| 65 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 66 | + node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 67 | + continue; | ||
| 68 | + } else { | ||
| 69 | + break; | ||
| 70 | + } | ||
| 71 | + } | ||
| 72 | + | ||
| 73 | + if (0 == comparison) { | ||
| 74 | + return node->data; | ||
| 75 | + } | ||
| 76 | + } | ||
| 77 | + | ||
| 78 | + /* | ||
| 79 | + * as we have not found it now add a new element. | ||
| 80 | + */ | ||
| 81 | + if (0 < comparison) { | ||
| 82 | + node->left = TR_new(TR_Tree, search); | ||
| 83 | + TR_TREE_LEFT(node)->parent = node; | ||
| 84 | + node = new_node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 85 | + } else { | ||
| 86 | + node->right = TR_new(TR_Tree, search); | ||
| 87 | + TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)->parent = node; | ||
| 88 | + node = new_node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 89 | + } | ||
| 90 | + } | ||
| 91 | + | ||
| 92 | + /* | ||
| 93 | + * we expect node not to be NULL and pointing to our | ||
| 94 | + * new node at this point...now rabalance the tree | ||
| 95 | + */ | ||
| 96 | + while (1) { | ||
| 97 | + // case 1 | ||
| 98 | + if (NULL == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)) { | ||
| 99 | + node->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 100 | + break; | ||
| 101 | + } | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | + // case 2 | ||
| 104 | + if (rbBlack == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color) { | ||
| 105 | + break; | ||
| 106 | + } | ||
| 107 | + | ||
| 108 | + // case 3 | ||
| 109 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_UNCLE(node) && rbRed == TR_TREE_UNCLE(node)->color) { | ||
| 110 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 111 | + TR_TREE_UNCLE(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 112 | + TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 113 | + | ||
| 114 | + node = TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node); | ||
| 115 | + continue; | ||
| 116 | + } | ||
| 117 | + | ||
| 118 | + // case 4 | ||
| 119 | + if (node == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right | ||
| 120 | + && TR_TREE_PARENT(node) == TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)->left) { | ||
| 121 | + | ||
| 122 | + //TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 123 | + TR_treeRotateLeft(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 124 | + node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 125 | + | ||
| 126 | + } else if (node == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left | ||
| 127 | + && TR_TREE_PARENT(node) == TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)->right) { | ||
| 128 | + | ||
| 129 | + //TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(this, TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 130 | + TR_treeRotateRight(this, TR_TREE_PARENT(node)); | ||
| 131 | + node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 132 | + | ||
| 133 | + } | ||
| 134 | + | ||
| 135 | + // case 5 | ||
| 136 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->color = rbBlack; | ||
| 137 | + TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)->color = rbRed; | ||
| 138 | + | ||
| 139 | + if (node == TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left) { | ||
| 140 | + //TREE_ROTATE_RIGHT(this, TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)); | ||
| 141 | + TR_treeRotateRight(this, TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)); | ||
| 142 | + } else { | ||
| 143 | + //TREE_ROTATE_LEFT(this, TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)); | ||
| 144 | + TR_treeRotateLeft(this, TR_TREE_GRANDPARENT(node)); | ||
| 145 | + } | ||
| 146 | + | ||
| 147 | + break; | ||
| 148 | + } | ||
| 149 | + | ||
| 150 | + return new_node->data; | ||
| 151 | +} | ||
| 152 | + | ||
| 153 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/rotateLeft.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_treeRotateLeft(TR_Tree * this, TR_Tree node) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + TR_Tree rightChild = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 29 | + TR_Tree rcLeftSub = TR_TREE_RIGHT_LEFT(node); | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | + rightChild->left = node; | ||
| 32 | + rightChild->parent = TR_TREE_PARENT(node); | ||
| 33 | + node->right = rcLeftSub; | ||
| 34 | + if (NULL != rcLeftSub) { | ||
| 35 | + rcLeftSub->parent = node; | ||
| 36 | + } | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)) { | ||
| 39 | + if (TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left == node) { | ||
| 40 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left = rightChild; | ||
| 41 | + } else { | ||
| 42 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right = rightChild; | ||
| 43 | + } | ||
| 44 | + } else { | ||
| 45 | + *this = rightChild; | ||
| 46 | + } | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + node->parent = rightChild; | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/rotateRight.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_treeRotateRight(TR_Tree * this, TR_Tree node) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + TR_Tree leftChild = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 29 | + TR_Tree lcRightSub = TR_TREE_LEFT_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | + leftChild->right = node; | ||
| 32 | + leftChild->parent = TR_TREE_PARENT(node); | ||
| 33 | + node->left = lcRightSub; | ||
| 34 | + if (NULL != lcRightSub) { | ||
| 35 | + lcRightSub->parent = node; | ||
| 36 | + } | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_PARENT(node)) { | ||
| 39 | + if (TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left == node) { | ||
| 40 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->left = leftChild; | ||
| 41 | + } else { | ||
| 42 | + TR_TREE_PARENT(node)->right = leftChild; | ||
| 43 | + } | ||
| 44 | + } else { | ||
| 45 | + *this = leftChild; | ||
| 46 | + } | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + node->parent = leftChild; | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/tree.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#define _GNU_SOURCE | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 28 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +static | ||
| 31 | +int | ||
| 32 | +treeCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 33 | +{ | ||
| 34 | + TR_Tree this = _this; | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | + this->data = va_arg(*params, void *); | ||
| 37 | + this->color = rbRed; | ||
| 38 | + this->parent = NULL; | ||
| 39 | + this->left = NULL; | ||
| 40 | + this->right = NULL; | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | + return 0; | ||
| 43 | +} | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | +static | ||
| 46 | +void | ||
| 47 | +treeDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 48 | +{ | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, treeCtor, treeDtor, NULL); | ||
| 52 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(TR_Tree, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class)); | ||
| 53 | + | ||
| 54 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
src/tree/walk.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * | ||
| 4 | + * \author Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * \copyright | ||
| 7 | + * Copyright © 2012 Georg Hopp | ||
| 8 | + * | ||
| 9 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 10 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 11 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 12 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 13 | + * | ||
| 14 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 15 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 16 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 17 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 18 | + * | ||
| 19 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 20 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 21 | + */ | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/tree.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +void | ||
| 26 | +TR_treeWalk(TR_Tree this, TR_TreeAction action) | ||
| 27 | +{ | ||
| 28 | + TR_Tree previous = this; | ||
| 29 | + TR_Tree node = this; | ||
| 30 | + int depth = 1; | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | + while (NULL != node) { | ||
| 33 | + if (previous == TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 34 | + previous = node; | ||
| 35 | + node = node->parent; | ||
| 36 | + depth--; | ||
| 37 | + continue; | ||
| 38 | + } | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | + if (NULL == TR_TREE_LEFT(node) || previous == TR_TREE_LEFT(node)) { | ||
| 41 | + action(node->data, depth); | ||
| 42 | + previous = node; | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + if (NULL != TR_TREE_RIGHT(node)) { | ||
| 45 | + node = TR_TREE_RIGHT(node); | ||
| 46 | + depth++; | ||
| 47 | + } else { | ||
| 48 | + node = TR_TREE_PARENT(node); | ||
| 49 | + depth--; | ||
| 50 | + } | ||
| 51 | + } else { | ||
| 52 | + previous = node; | ||
| 53 | + node = TR_TREE_LEFT(node); | ||
| 54 | + depth++; | ||
| 55 | + } | ||
| 56 | + } | ||
| 57 | +} | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +// vim: set ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/Makefile.am
0 → 100644
| 1 | +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 | ||
| 2 | +AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = valgrind \ | ||
| 5 | + --error-exitcode=123 \ | ||
| 6 | + --leak-check=full \ | ||
| 7 | + --suppressions=./suppress/external.supp \ | ||
| 8 | + --quiet | ||
| 9 | +TESTS = classTest | ||
| 10 | +check_PROGRAMS = classTest | ||
| 11 | + | ||
| 12 | +COMMON = runtest.c | ||
| 13 | +CLASS = $(COMMON) \ | ||
| 14 | + ../src/interface.c \ | ||
| 15 | + ../src/i_class.c \ | ||
| 16 | + ../src/memory.c \ | ||
| 17 | + mock/mock_class.c | ||
| 18 | + | ||
| 19 | +AM_CFLAGS += -O0 -Wall -Werror -ggdb -I ../include -I .. -I . $(MEM_OPT_FLAGS) | ||
| 20 | +AM_LDFLAGS = | ||
| 21 | + | ||
| 22 | +if HAVE_GCOV | ||
| 23 | +AM_CFLAGS += $(COVERAGE_CFLAGS) | ||
| 24 | +AM_LDFLAGS += $(COVERAGE_LDFLAGS) | ||
| 25 | +endif | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +classTest_SOURCES = $(CLASS) classTest.c | ||
| 28 | +classTest_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS) -pg | ||
| 29 | +classTest_LDFLAGS = $(AM_LDFLAGS) -pg | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +EXTRA_DIST = runtest.h mock suppress | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +if HAVE_GCOV | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | +.PHONY: clean-gcda clean-gcno coverage-html clean-coverage | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +cov_dir = $(top_srcdir)/tests/coverage/$(PACKAGE_VERSION) | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | +coverage-html: clean clean-coverage check | ||
| 40 | + @echo Collecting coverage data | ||
| 41 | + $(LCOV) -d $(top_srcdir) -c -i -o coverage.base | ||
| 42 | + $(LCOV) -d $(top_srcdir) -c -o coverage.run --gcov-tool /usr/bin/gcov | ||
| 43 | + $(LCOV) -d $(top_srcdir) \ | ||
| 44 | + -a ./coverage.base -a ./coverage.run \ | ||
| 45 | + -o coverage.info | ||
| 46 | + LANG=C $(GENHTML) --prefix $(top_srcdir) \ | ||
| 47 | + --output-directory $(cov_dir) \ | ||
| 48 | + --title "$(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION)" \ | ||
| 49 | + --legend --branch-coverage --show-details coverage.run | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +clean-coverage: clean-gcda clean-gcno | ||
| 52 | + $(LCOV) -d $(top_srcdir) -z | ||
| 53 | + -rm -rf coverage.info coverage.base coverage.run $(cov_dir) | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | +clean-gcda: | ||
| 56 | + @echo Removing old coverage results | ||
| 57 | + -find $(top_srcdir) -name '*.gcda' -print | xargs -r rm | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +clean-gcno: | ||
| 60 | + @echo Removing old coverage results | ||
| 61 | + -find $(top_srcdir) -name '*.gcno' -print | xargs -r rm | ||
| 62 | + | ||
| 63 | +clean-local: clean-coverage | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | +endif # HAVE_GCOV |
tests/classTest.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * cclassTest.c: tests for my oop C stuff | ||
| 4 | + * Copyright (C) 2011 Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 7 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 8 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 9 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 10 | + * | ||
| 11 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 12 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 13 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 14 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 15 | + * | ||
| 16 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 17 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 18 | + */ | ||
| 19 | +#include <stdio.h> | ||
| 20 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 21 | + | ||
| 22 | +#include "runtest.h" | ||
| 23 | +#include "mock/mock_class.h" | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/class.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +const char testname[] = "cclassTest"; | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +MockClass mock = NULL; | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +static | ||
| 32 | +int | ||
| 33 | +__setUp() | ||
| 34 | +{ | ||
| 35 | + mock = NULL; | ||
| 36 | + _reset(); | ||
| 37 | + | ||
| 38 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 39 | +} | ||
| 40 | +int (* const setUp)() = __setUp; | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +static | ||
| 43 | +int | ||
| 44 | +__tearDown() | ||
| 45 | +{ | ||
| 46 | + if (NULL != mock) { | ||
| 47 | + ASSERT_OBJECT(mock); | ||
| 48 | + TR_delete(mock); | ||
| 49 | + } | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 52 | +} | ||
| 53 | +int (* const tearDown)() = __tearDown; | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | +static | ||
| 56 | +int | ||
| 57 | +testNew(void) | ||
| 58 | +{ | ||
| 59 | + mock = TR_new(MockClass, 123); | ||
| 60 | + | ||
| 61 | + ASSERT_OBJECT_NOT_NULL(mock); | ||
| 62 | + ASSERT_EQUAL(1, _called); | ||
| 63 | + ASSERT_EQUAL(123, mock->value); | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 66 | +} | ||
| 67 | + | ||
| 68 | +static | ||
| 69 | +int | ||
| 70 | +testNewFail(void) | ||
| 71 | +{ | ||
| 72 | + mock = TR_new(MockClass, 321); | ||
| 73 | + | ||
| 74 | + ASSERT_NULL(mock); | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 77 | +} | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | +static | ||
| 80 | +int | ||
| 81 | +testDelete(void) | ||
| 82 | +{ | ||
| 83 | + mock = TR_new(MockClass, 123); | ||
| 84 | + | ||
| 85 | + ASSERT_NOT_NULL(mock); | ||
| 86 | + | ||
| 87 | + _reset(); | ||
| 88 | + TR_delete(mock); | ||
| 89 | + | ||
| 90 | + ASSERT_NULL(mock); | ||
| 91 | + ASSERT_EQUAL(1, _called); | ||
| 92 | + | ||
| 93 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 94 | +} | ||
| 95 | + | ||
| 96 | +static | ||
| 97 | +int | ||
| 98 | +testClone(void) | ||
| 99 | +{ | ||
| 100 | + MockClass clone; | ||
| 101 | + | ||
| 102 | + mock = TR_new(MockClass, 123); | ||
| 103 | + clone = TR_clone(mock); | ||
| 104 | + | ||
| 105 | + ASSERT_INSTANCE_OF(MockClass, clone); | ||
| 106 | + ASSERT_EQUAL(mock->value, clone->value); | ||
| 107 | + | ||
| 108 | + TR_delete(clone); | ||
| 109 | + | ||
| 110 | + return TEST_OK; | ||
| 111 | +} | ||
| 112 | + | ||
| 113 | +const testfunc tests[] = { | ||
| 114 | + testNew, | ||
| 115 | + testNewFail, | ||
| 116 | + testDelete, | ||
| 117 | + testClone | ||
| 118 | +}; | ||
| 119 | +const size_t count = FUNCS_COUNT(tests); | ||
| 120 | + | ||
| 121 | +// vim: set et ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/mock/mock_class.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * mock/class.c: a mock to test my oop stuff | ||
| 4 | + * Copyright (C) 2011 Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 7 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 8 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 9 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 10 | + * | ||
| 11 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 12 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 13 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 14 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 15 | + * | ||
| 16 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 17 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 18 | + */ | ||
| 19 | + | ||
| 20 | +#include <assert.h> | ||
| 21 | +#include <stdarg.h> | ||
| 22 | + | ||
| 23 | +#include "tr/class.h" | ||
| 24 | +#include "mock_class.h" | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +char _called; | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +void | ||
| 29 | +_reset() | ||
| 30 | +{ | ||
| 31 | + _called = 0; | ||
| 32 | +} | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | +static | ||
| 35 | +inline | ||
| 36 | +int | ||
| 37 | +mockCtor(void * _this, va_list * params) | ||
| 38 | +{ | ||
| 39 | + MockClass this = _this; | ||
| 40 | + | ||
| 41 | + _called = 1; | ||
| 42 | + this->value = va_arg(* params, int); | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + if (321 == this->value) | ||
| 45 | + return -1; | ||
| 46 | + | ||
| 47 | + return 0; | ||
| 48 | +} | ||
| 49 | + | ||
| 50 | +static | ||
| 51 | +inline | ||
| 52 | +void | ||
| 53 | +mockDtor(void * _this) | ||
| 54 | +{ | ||
| 55 | + _called = 1; | ||
| 56 | +} | ||
| 57 | + | ||
| 58 | +static | ||
| 59 | +inline | ||
| 60 | +void | ||
| 61 | +mockClone(void * _this, void * _base) | ||
| 62 | +{ | ||
| 63 | + MockClass this = _this; | ||
| 64 | + MockClass base = _base; | ||
| 65 | + | ||
| 66 | + this->value = base->value; | ||
| 67 | +} | ||
| 68 | + | ||
| 69 | +TR_INIT_IFACE(TR_Class, mockCtor, mockDtor, mockClone); | ||
| 70 | +TR_CREATE_CLASS(MockClass, NULL, TR_IF(TR_Class)); | ||
| 71 | + | ||
| 72 | +// vim: set et ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/mock/mock_class.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * mock/class.h: definitions for my mock to test my oop stuff | ||
| 4 | + * | ||
| 5 | + * \author Georg Hopp <georg@steffers.org> | ||
| 6 | + * | ||
| 7 | + * \copyright | ||
| 8 | + * Copyright (C) 2011 Georg Hopp | ||
| 9 | + * | ||
| 10 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 11 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 12 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 13 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 14 | + * | ||
| 15 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 16 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 17 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 18 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 19 | + * | ||
| 20 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 21 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 22 | + */ | ||
| 23 | +#ifndef __MOCK_MOCK_CLASS_H__ | ||
| 24 | +#define __MOCK_MOCK_CLASS_H__ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +extern char _called; | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +#ifndef _RESET | ||
| 31 | +#define _RESET | ||
| 32 | +void _reset(); | ||
| 33 | +#endif // _RESET | ||
| 34 | + | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +TR_CLASS(MockClass) { | ||
| 37 | + int value; | ||
| 38 | +}; | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | +/** | ||
| 41 | + * ~~~ method declarations ~~~~~~~~ | ||
| 42 | + */ | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | +int mockClassGetValue(MockClass this); | ||
| 45 | +void mockClassSetValue(MockClass this, int value); | ||
| 46 | + | ||
| 47 | +#endif//__MOCK_MOCK_CLASS_H__ | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +// vim: set et ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/runtest.c
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * runtest.c: the main runner for my tests | ||
| 4 | + * Copyright (C) 2011 Georg Hopp | ||
| 5 | + * | ||
| 6 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 7 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 8 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 9 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 10 | + * | ||
| 11 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 12 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 13 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 14 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 15 | + * | ||
| 16 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 17 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 18 | + */ | ||
| 19 | +#include <stdio.h> | ||
| 20 | +#include <stdlib.h> | ||
| 21 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 22 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 23 | + | ||
| 24 | +#include "runtest.h" | ||
| 25 | +#include "tr/class.h" | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +#define TEST_OK_CHAR '.' | ||
| 29 | +#define TEST_FAILED_CHAR 'F' | ||
| 30 | +#define TEST_ERROR_CHAR 'E' | ||
| 31 | + | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +const char results[3] = { | ||
| 34 | + TEST_OK_CHAR, | ||
| 35 | + TEST_FAILED_CHAR, | ||
| 36 | + TEST_ERROR_CHAR | ||
| 37 | +}; | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | +int | ||
| 40 | +isObjectNull(void * object) | ||
| 41 | +{ | ||
| 42 | + TR_class_ptr class = TR_GET_CLASS(object); | ||
| 43 | + | ||
| 44 | + if (! TR_IS_OBJECT(object)) { | ||
| 45 | + return 0; | ||
| 46 | + } | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | + return isMemNull(object, class->object_size); | ||
| 49 | +} | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +int | ||
| 52 | +isMemNull(void * _mem, size_t size) | ||
| 53 | +{ | ||
| 54 | + size_t index; | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | + if (NULL == _mem) { | ||
| 57 | + return 0; | ||
| 58 | + } | ||
| 59 | + | ||
| 60 | + for(index=0; index<size && 0 == ((char *)_mem)[index]; index++); | ||
| 61 | + | ||
| 62 | + return (size == index); | ||
| 63 | +} | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | +int | ||
| 66 | +main(int argc, char * argv[]) | ||
| 67 | +{ | ||
| 68 | + size_t errors = 0; | ||
| 69 | + size_t failures = 0; | ||
| 70 | + // size_t assertions = 0; // @TODO find a way to count assertions | ||
| 71 | + | ||
| 72 | + size_t index; | ||
| 73 | + | ||
| 74 | + printf("running tests for %s\n", testname); | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | + for (index=0; index<count; index++) { | ||
| 77 | + int result = TEST_ERROR, _setUp = 0; // initialize setup to false | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | + if (NULL != setUp) { | ||
| 80 | + if (TEST_OK == (result = setUp())) { | ||
| 81 | + _setUp = 1; // we successfully set up the test | ||
| 82 | + } | ||
| 83 | + } | ||
| 84 | + | ||
| 85 | + if (_setUp) { | ||
| 86 | + result = tests[index](); | ||
| 87 | + } | ||
| 88 | + | ||
| 89 | + if (_setUp && NULL != tearDown) { | ||
| 90 | + int _tearDown = tearDown(); | ||
| 91 | + | ||
| 92 | + if ((! TEST_OK == _tearDown) && TEST_OK == result) { | ||
| 93 | + result = _tearDown; | ||
| 94 | + } | ||
| 95 | + } | ||
| 96 | + | ||
| 97 | + switch (result) { | ||
| 98 | + case TEST_FAILED: failures++; break; | ||
| 99 | + case TEST_ERROR: errors++; break; | ||
| 100 | + } | ||
| 101 | + | ||
| 102 | + putchar(results[result]); | ||
| 103 | + | ||
| 104 | + if (79 == index%80) { | ||
| 105 | + putchar('\n'); | ||
| 106 | + } | ||
| 107 | + | ||
| 108 | + fflush(stdout); | ||
| 109 | + } | ||
| 110 | + puts("\n"); | ||
| 111 | + | ||
| 112 | + printf("running %lu tests: %lu - OK, %lu - FAILED, %lu - ERRORS\n", | ||
| 113 | + count, | ||
| 114 | + count - errors - failures, | ||
| 115 | + failures, | ||
| 116 | + errors); | ||
| 117 | + | ||
| 118 | + return failures + errors; | ||
| 119 | +} | ||
| 120 | + | ||
| 121 | +// vim: set et ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/runtest.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/** | ||
| 2 | + * \file | ||
| 3 | + * runtest.h: assertions and other definitions for all my tests | ||
| 4 | + * | ||
| 5 | + * \author Georg Hopp <georg@steffers.org> | ||
| 6 | + * | ||
| 7 | + * \copyright | ||
| 8 | + * Copyright (C) 2011 Georg Hopp | ||
| 9 | + * | ||
| 10 | + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 11 | + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 12 | + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 13 | + * (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 14 | + * | ||
| 15 | + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 16 | + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 17 | + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 18 | + * GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 19 | + * | ||
| 20 | + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 21 | + * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 22 | + */ | ||
| 23 | +#ifndef __RUNTEST_h__ | ||
| 24 | +#define __RUNTEST_h__ | ||
| 25 | + | ||
| 26 | +#include <sys/types.h> | ||
| 27 | +#include <string.h> | ||
| 28 | + | ||
| 29 | +#include "trbase.h" | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +enum RESULT_TYPES { | ||
| 32 | + TEST_OK=0, | ||
| 33 | + TEST_FAILED, | ||
| 34 | + TEST_ERROR | ||
| 35 | +}; | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +#define ASSERT_NULL(value) \ | ||
| 38 | + if (NULL != (value)) { \ | ||
| 39 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s is NULL\n", \ | ||
| 40 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #value); \ | ||
| 41 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 42 | + | ||
| 43 | +#define ASSERT_NOT_NULL(value) \ | ||
| 44 | + if (NULL == (value)) { \ | ||
| 45 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s is NOT NULL\n", \ | ||
| 46 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #value); \ | ||
| 47 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +#define ASSERT_EQUAL(val1,val2) \ | ||
| 50 | + if ((val1) != (val2)) { \ | ||
| 51 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s EQUALS %s\n", \ | ||
| 52 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val1, #val2); \ | ||
| 53 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | +#define ASSERT_NOT_EQUAL(val1,val2) \ | ||
| 56 | + if ((val1) == (val2)) { \ | ||
| 57 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s NOT EQUALS %s\n", \ | ||
| 58 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val1, #val2); \ | ||
| 59 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 60 | + | ||
| 61 | +#define ASSERT_MEM_EQUAL(val1,val2,size) \ | ||
| 62 | + if(0 != memcmp((val1), (val2), (size))) { \ | ||
| 63 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that memory at %s EQUALS %s for %lu bytes\n", \ | ||
| 64 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val1, #val2, size); \ | ||
| 65 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 66 | + | ||
| 67 | +#define ASSERT_MEM_NOT_EQUAL(val1,val2,size) \ | ||
| 68 | + if(0 == memcmp((val1), (val2), (size))) { \ | ||
| 69 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that memory at %s NOT EQUALS %s for %lu bytes\n", \ | ||
| 70 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val1, #val2, size); \ | ||
| 71 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 72 | + | ||
| 73 | +#define ASSERT_MEM_NULL(val, size) \ | ||
| 74 | + if (! isMemNull((val), (size))) { \ | ||
| 75 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that memory at %s is NULL for %lu bytes\n", \ | ||
| 76 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val, size); \ | ||
| 77 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | +#define ASSERT_MEM_NOT_NULL(val, size) \ | ||
| 80 | + if (isMemNull((val), (size))) { \ | ||
| 81 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that memory at %s is NOT NULL for %lu bytes\n", \ | ||
| 82 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val, size); \ | ||
| 83 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 84 | + | ||
| 85 | +#define ASSERT_STRING_EQUAL(val1, val2) \ | ||
| 86 | + if(0 != strcmp((val1), (val2))) { \ | ||
| 87 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that string %s EQUALS %s\n", \ | ||
| 88 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, val1, val2); \ | ||
| 89 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 90 | + | ||
| 91 | +#define ASSERT_STRING_NOT_EQUAL(val1, val2) \ | ||
| 92 | + if(0 == strcmp((val1), (val2))) { \ | ||
| 93 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that string %s NOT EQUALS %s\n", \ | ||
| 94 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, val1, val2); \ | ||
| 95 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 96 | + | ||
| 97 | +#define ASSERT_OBJECT(val) \ | ||
| 98 | + if (! TR_IS_OBJECT((val))) { \ | ||
| 99 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s IS an object\n", \ | ||
| 100 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val); \ | ||
| 101 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 102 | + | ||
| 103 | +#define ASSERT_OBJECT_NULL(val) \ | ||
| 104 | + if (! isObjectNull((val))) { \ | ||
| 105 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s IS an UNINITIALIZED object\n", \ | ||
| 106 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val); \ | ||
| 107 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 108 | + | ||
| 109 | +#define ASSERT_OBJECT_NOT_NULL(val) \ | ||
| 110 | + if (isObjectNull((val))) { \ | ||
| 111 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s IS an INITIALIZED object\n", \ | ||
| 112 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val); \ | ||
| 113 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 114 | + | ||
| 115 | +#define ASSERT_INSTANCE_OF(class, val) \ | ||
| 116 | + if (! TR_INSTANCE_OF(class, val)) { \ | ||
| 117 | + printf("%s[%d]: Assertion failed that %s is instance of %s\n", \ | ||
| 118 | + __FILE__, __LINE__, #val, #class); \ | ||
| 119 | + return TEST_FAILED; } | ||
| 120 | + | ||
| 121 | + | ||
| 122 | +typedef int (* const testfunc)(void); | ||
| 123 | +#define FUNCS_COUNT(array) (sizeof((array)) / sizeof(testfunc)) | ||
| 124 | + | ||
| 125 | +extern const char testname[]; | ||
| 126 | +extern testfunc tests[]; | ||
| 127 | +extern const size_t count; | ||
| 128 | + | ||
| 129 | +extern int (* const setUp)(); | ||
| 130 | +extern int (* const tearDown)(); | ||
| 131 | + | ||
| 132 | +int isMemNull(void * _mem, size_t size); | ||
| 133 | +int isObjectNull(void * _object); | ||
| 134 | + | ||
| 135 | +#endif//__RUNTEST_h__ | ||
| 136 | +// vim: set et ts=4 sw=4: |
tests/suppress/external.supp
0 → 100644
| 1 | +# | ||
| 2 | +# This is a valgrind suppression file that should be used when using valgrind. | ||
| 3 | +# | ||
| 4 | +# See Misc/README.valgrind for more information. | ||
| 5 | +{ | ||
| 6 | + GDBM open on non existent file | ||
| 7 | + Memcheck:Param | ||
| 8 | + write(buf) | ||
| 9 | + fun:__write_nocancel | ||
| 10 | + fun:_gdbm_full_write | ||
| 11 | + fun:gdbm_open | ||
| 12 | + fun:storageCtor | ||
| 13 | + fun:classNew | ||
| 14 | + fun:main | ||
| 15 | +} | ||
| 16 | + | ||
| 17 | +{ | ||
| 18 | + GDBM close - to be honest I don't know what it complains about. | ||
| 19 | + Memcheck:Param | ||
| 20 | + msync(start) | ||
| 21 | + fun:__msync_nocancel | ||
| 22 | + fun:gdbm_close | ||
| 23 | + fun:storageDtor | ||
| 24 | + fun:classDelete | ||
| 25 | + fun:main | ||
| 26 | +} | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +{ | ||
| 29 | + Uninitialized bytes in openldap | ||
| 30 | + Memcheck:Param | ||
| 31 | + sendmsg(mmsg[0].msg_hdr) | ||
| 32 | + fun:sendmmsg | ||
| 33 | + fun:__libc_res_nsend | ||
| 34 | + fun:__libc_res_nquery | ||
| 35 | + fun:__libc_res_nquerydomain | ||
| 36 | + fun:__libc_res_nsearch | ||
| 37 | + fun:_nss_dns_gethostbyname4_r | ||
| 38 | + fun:gaih_inet | ||
| 39 | + fun:getaddrinfo | ||
| 40 | + fun:ldap_connect_to_host | ||
| 41 | + fun:ldap_int_open_connection | ||
| 42 | + fun:ldap_new_connection | ||
| 43 | + fun:ldap_open_defconn | ||
| 44 | +} | ||
| 45 | + |
trdata.h
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/* trdata.h. Generated from trdata.h.in by configure. */ | ||
| 2 | +/* trdata.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ | ||
| 3 | + | ||
| 4 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ | ||
| 5 | +#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1 | ||
| 6 | + | ||
| 7 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ | ||
| 8 | +#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 | ||
| 9 | + | ||
| 10 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ | ||
| 11 | +#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 | ||
| 12 | + | ||
| 13 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */ | ||
| 14 | +#define HAVE_MEMSET 1 | ||
| 15 | + | ||
| 16 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */ | ||
| 17 | +#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1 | ||
| 18 | + | ||
| 19 | +/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */ | ||
| 20 | +#define HAVE_STDBOOL_H 1 | ||
| 21 | + | ||
| 22 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ | ||
| 23 | +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 | ||
| 24 | + | ||
| 25 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */ | ||
| 26 | +#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1 | ||
| 27 | + | ||
| 28 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ | ||
| 29 | +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 | ||
| 30 | + | ||
| 31 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ | ||
| 32 | +#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 | ||
| 33 | + | ||
| 34 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ | ||
| 35 | +#define HAVE_STRING_H 1 | ||
| 36 | + | ||
| 37 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */ | ||
| 38 | +#define HAVE_SYSLOG_H 1 | ||
| 39 | + | ||
| 40 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ | ||
| 41 | +#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 | ||
| 42 | + | ||
| 43 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ | ||
| 44 | +#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 | ||
| 45 | + | ||
| 46 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ | ||
| 47 | +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 | ||
| 48 | + | ||
| 49 | +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */ | ||
| 50 | +#define HAVE__BOOL 1 | ||
| 51 | + | ||
| 52 | +/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. | ||
| 53 | + */ | ||
| 54 | +#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/" | ||
| 55 | + | ||
| 56 | +/* Name of package */ | ||
| 57 | +#define PACKAGE "libtrhash" | ||
| 58 | + | ||
| 59 | +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ | ||
| 60 | +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "Georg Hopp <georg@steffers.org>" | ||
| 61 | + | ||
| 62 | +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ | ||
| 63 | +#define PACKAGE_NAME "libtrhash" | ||
| 64 | + | ||
| 65 | +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ | ||
| 66 | +#define PACKAGE_STRING "libtrhash 0.0.0" | ||
| 67 | + | ||
| 68 | +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ | ||
| 69 | +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "libtrhash" | ||
| 70 | + | ||
| 71 | +/* Define to the home page for this package. */ | ||
| 72 | +#define PACKAGE_URL "" | ||
| 73 | + | ||
| 74 | +/* Define to the version of this package. */ | ||
| 75 | +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "0.0.0" | ||
| 76 | + | ||
| 77 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ | ||
| 78 | +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 | ||
| 79 | + | ||
| 80 | +/* Version number of package */ | ||
| 81 | +#define VERSION "0.0.0" | ||
| 82 | + | ||
| 83 | +/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler | ||
| 84 | + calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ | ||
| 85 | +#ifndef __cplusplus | ||
| 86 | +/* #undef inline */ | ||
| 87 | +#endif | ||
| 88 | + | ||
| 89 | +/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ | ||
| 90 | +/* #undef pid_t */ | ||
| 91 | + | ||
| 92 | +/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ | ||
| 93 | +/* #undef size_t */ |
trdata.h.in
0 → 100644
| 1 | +/* trdata.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ | ||
| 2 | + | ||
| 3 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */ | ||
| 4 | +#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H | ||
| 5 | + | ||
| 6 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */ | ||
| 7 | +#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H | ||
| 8 | + | ||
| 9 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */ | ||
| 10 | +#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H | ||
| 11 | + | ||
| 12 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */ | ||
| 13 | +#undef HAVE_MEMSET | ||
| 14 | + | ||
| 15 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdarg.h> header file. */ | ||
| 16 | +#undef HAVE_STDARG_H | ||
| 17 | + | ||
| 18 | +/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */ | ||
| 19 | +#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H | ||
| 20 | + | ||
| 21 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */ | ||
| 22 | +#undef HAVE_STDINT_H | ||
| 23 | + | ||
| 24 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */ | ||
| 25 | +#undef HAVE_STDIO_H | ||
| 26 | + | ||
| 27 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */ | ||
| 28 | +#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H | ||
| 29 | + | ||
| 30 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */ | ||
| 31 | +#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H | ||
| 32 | + | ||
| 33 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */ | ||
| 34 | +#undef HAVE_STRING_H | ||
| 35 | + | ||
| 36 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */ | ||
| 37 | +#undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H | ||
| 38 | + | ||
| 39 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */ | ||
| 40 | +#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H | ||
| 41 | + | ||
| 42 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ | ||
| 43 | +#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H | ||
| 44 | + | ||
| 45 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ | ||
| 46 | +#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H | ||
| 47 | + | ||
| 48 | +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */ | ||
| 49 | +#undef HAVE__BOOL | ||
| 50 | + | ||
| 51 | +/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries. | ||
| 52 | + */ | ||
| 53 | +#undef LT_OBJDIR | ||
| 54 | + | ||
| 55 | +/* Name of package */ | ||
| 56 | +#undef PACKAGE | ||
| 57 | + | ||
| 58 | +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ | ||
| 59 | +#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT | ||
| 60 | + | ||
| 61 | +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ | ||
| 62 | +#undef PACKAGE_NAME | ||
| 63 | + | ||
| 64 | +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ | ||
| 65 | +#undef PACKAGE_STRING | ||
| 66 | + | ||
| 67 | +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ | ||
| 68 | +#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME | ||
| 69 | + | ||
| 70 | +/* Define to the home page for this package. */ | ||
| 71 | +#undef PACKAGE_URL | ||
| 72 | + | ||
| 73 | +/* Define to the version of this package. */ | ||
| 74 | +#undef PACKAGE_VERSION | ||
| 75 | + | ||
| 76 | +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ | ||
| 77 | +#undef STDC_HEADERS | ||
| 78 | + | ||
| 79 | +/* Version number of package */ | ||
| 80 | +#undef VERSION | ||
| 81 | + | ||
| 82 | +/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler | ||
| 83 | + calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ | ||
| 84 | +#ifndef __cplusplus | ||
| 85 | +#undef inline | ||
| 86 | +#endif | ||
| 87 | + | ||
| 88 | +/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ | ||
| 89 | +#undef pid_t | ||
| 90 | + | ||
| 91 | +/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */ | ||
| 92 | +#undef size_t |
Please
register
or
login
to post a comment